1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
39 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
43 
44 using namespace clang;
45 using namespace sema;
46 
47 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
48                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
49   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
50                                Context.getTargetInfo());
51 }
52 
53 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
54 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
55 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
56   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
57   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
58 
59   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
60     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
61         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
62         << call->getSourceRange();
63 
64   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
65   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
66                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
67 
68   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
69     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
70     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
71 }
72 
73 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
74 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
75 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
76   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
77     return true;
78 
79   // First argument should be an integer.
80   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
81   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
82   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
83     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
84       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
85     return true;
86   }
87 
88   // Second argument should be a constant string.
89   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
90   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
91   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
92     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
93       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
94     return true;
95   }
96 
97   TheCall->setType(Ty);
98   return false;
99 }
100 
101 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
102 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
103 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
104   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
105     return true;
106 
107   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
108   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
109   if (ResultType.isNull())
110     return true;
111 
112   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
113   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
114   return false;
115 }
116 
117 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
118   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
119     return true;
120 
121   // First two arguments should be integers.
122   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
123     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
124     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
125     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
126       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
127           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
128       return true;
129     }
130   }
131 
132   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
133   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
134   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
135   {
136     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
137     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
138     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
139     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
140           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
141       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
142           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
143       return true;
144     }
145   }
146 
147   return false;
148 }
149 
150 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
151 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
152                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
153   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
154       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
155     return;
156 
157   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
158   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
159 
160   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
161 
162   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
163   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
164       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
165     return;
166 
167   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
168     return;
169 
170   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
171   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
172   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
173   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
174 
175   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
176 }
177 
178 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
179   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
180     return true;
181 
182   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
183   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
184   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
185   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
186 
187   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
188     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
189         << Call->getSourceRange();
190     return true;
191   }
192 
193   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
194   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
195     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
196         << Call->getSourceRange();
197     return true;
198   }
199 
200   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
201   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
202     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
203       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
204           << Call->getSourceRange();
205       return true;
206     }
207 
208   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
209     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
210         << Call->getSourceRange();
211     return true;
212   }
213 
214   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
215   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
216     return true;
217   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
218     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
219         << Chain->getSourceRange();
220     return true;
221   }
222 
223   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
224   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
225   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
226       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
227   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
228 
229   Builtin =
230       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
231 
232   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
233   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
234   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
236   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
237 
238   return false;
239 }
240 
241 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
242                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
243                                      unsigned DiagID) {
244   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
245   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
246   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
247   if (!SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
248     return false;
249 
250   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
251   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
252     S = S->getParent();
253   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
254     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
255     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
256         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
257     return true;
258   }
259 
260   return false;
261 }
262 
263 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
264   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
265 }
266 
267 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
268 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
269 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
270   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
271       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
272   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
273       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
274   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
275   bool IllegalParams = false;
276   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
277   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
278   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
279        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
280     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
281         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
282             LangAS::opencl_local) {
283       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
284       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
285       // else we just point to the variable reference.
286       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
287       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
288         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
289         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
290       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
291         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
292       }
293       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
294              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
295       IllegalParams = true;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   return IllegalParams;
300 }
301 
302 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
303 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
304 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
305 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
306   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
307     return true;
308 
309   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
310   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
311     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
312            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type) << "block";
313     return true;
314   }
315   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
316 }
317 
318 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
319                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End);
320 
321 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
322 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
323 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
324                                            Expr *BlockArg,
325                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
326   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
327       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
328   unsigned NumBlockParams =
329       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
330   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
331 
332   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
333   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
334   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
335     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
336            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
337     return true;
338   }
339 
340   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
341   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
342                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
343 }
344 
345 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
346 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
347 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
348 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
349 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
350 ///                    void (^block)(void))
351 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
352 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
353 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
354 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
355 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
356 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
357 ///                    void (^block)(void))
358 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
359 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
360 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
361 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
362 ///                    uint size0, ...)
363 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
364 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
365 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
366 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
367 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
368 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
369 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
370 ///                    uint size0, ...)
371 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
372   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
373 
374   if (NumArgs < 4) {
375     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
376     return true;
377   }
378 
379   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
380   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
381   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
382   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
383 
384   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
385   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
386     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
387            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
388         << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
389     return true;
390   }
391 
392   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
393   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
394     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
395            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
396         << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
397     return true;
398   }
399 
400   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
401   if (!Arg2->getType()->isNDRangeT()) {
402     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
403            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
404         << S.Context.OCLNDRangeTy;
405     return true;
406   }
407 
408   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
409   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
410   if (NumArgs == 4) {
411     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
412     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
413       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
414           << "block";
415       return true;
416     }
417     // we have a block type, check the prototype
418     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
419         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
420     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
421       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
422              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
423       return true;
424     }
425     return false;
426   }
427   // we can have block + varargs.
428   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
429     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
430             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
431   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
432   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
433     // check common block argument.
434     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
435     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
436       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
437           << "block";
438       return true;
439     }
440     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
441       return true;
442 
443     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
444     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
445       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
446              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
447           << "integer";
448       return true;
449     }
450     // check remaining common arguments.
451     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
452     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
453 
454     // Fifth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
455     if (!Arg4->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
456                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
457         !Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
458       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
459              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
460           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
461       return true;
462     }
463 
464     // Sixth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
465     if (!Arg5->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
466                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
467         !(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
468           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
469       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
470              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_expected_type)
471           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
472       return true;
473     }
474 
475     if (NumArgs == 7)
476       return false;
477 
478     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
479   }
480 
481   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
482   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
483          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
484   return true;
485 }
486 
487 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
488 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
489     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
490 }
491 
492 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
493 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
494   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
495   // First argument type should always be pipe.
496   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
497     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
498         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
499     return true;
500   }
501   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
502       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
503   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
504   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
505   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
506   // specified.
507   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
508   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
509   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
510   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
511   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
512   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
513   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
514   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
515     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
516       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
517              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
518           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
519       return true;
520     }
521     break;
522   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
523   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
524   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
525   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
526   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
527   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
528   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
529     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
530       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
531              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
532           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
533       return true;
534     }
535     break;
536   default:
537     break;
538   }
539   return false;
540 }
541 
542 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
543 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
544   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
545   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
546   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
547   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
548   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
549   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
550   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
551   if (!ArgTy ||
552       !S.Context.hasSameType(
553           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
554     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
555         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
556         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
557     return true;
558   }
559   return false;
560 }
561 
562 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
563 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
564 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
565 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
566 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
567   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
568   // functions have two forms.
569   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
570   case 2: {
571     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
572       return true;
573     // The call with 2 arguments should be
574     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
575     // Check packet type T.
576     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
577       return true;
578   } break;
579 
580   case 4: {
581     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
582       return true;
583     // The call with 4 arguments should be
584     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
585     // Check reserve_id_t.
586     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
587       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
588           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
589           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
590       return true;
591     }
592 
593     // Check the index.
594     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
595     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
596         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
597       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
598           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
599           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
600       return true;
601     }
602 
603     // Check packet type T.
604     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
605       return true;
606   } break;
607   default:
608     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
609         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
610     return true;
611   }
612 
613   return false;
614 }
615 
616 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
617 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
618 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
619 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
620 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
621 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
622   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
623     return true;
624 
625   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
626     return true;
627 
628   // Check the reserve size.
629   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
630       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
631     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
632         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
633         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
634     return true;
635   }
636 
637   return false;
638 }
639 
640 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
641 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
642 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
643 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
644 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
645 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
646   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
647     return true;
648 
649   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
650     return true;
651 
652   // Check reserve_id_t.
653   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
654     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
655         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
656         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
657     return true;
658   }
659 
660   return false;
661 }
662 
663 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
664 //        Query Functions.
665 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
666 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
667 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
668 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
669   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
670     return true;
671 
672   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
673     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
674         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
675     return true;
676   }
677 
678   return false;
679 }
680 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
681 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
682 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
683 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
684 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
685 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
686 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
687                                     CallExpr *Call) {
688   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
689     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
690         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
691     return true;
692   }
693 
694   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
695   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
696       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
697     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
698         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
699     return true;
700   }
701 
702   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
703   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
704   switch (BuiltinID) {
705   case Builtin::BIto_global:
706     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
707     break;
708   case Builtin::BIto_local:
709     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
710     break;
711   default:
712     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
713   }
714   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
715       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
716 
717   return false;
718 }
719 
720 ExprResult
721 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
722                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
723   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
724 
725   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
726   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
727   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
728   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
729   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
730     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
731 
732   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
733   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
734     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
735     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
736 
737     llvm::APSInt Result;
738     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
739       return true;
740     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
741   }
742 
743   switch (BuiltinID) {
744   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
745     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
746            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
747     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
748       return ExprError();
749     break;
750   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
751   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
752     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
753       return ExprError();
754     break;
755   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
756     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
757     case llvm::Triple::arm:
758     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
759       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
760         return ExprError();
761       break;
762     default:
763       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(TheCall))
764         return ExprError();
765       break;
766     }
767     break;
768   }
769   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
770   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
771   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
772   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
773   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
774   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
775     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
776       return ExprError();
777     break;
778   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
779     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
780       return ExprError();
781     break;
782   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
783   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
784   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
785   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
787     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
788       return ExprError();
789     break;
790   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
791     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
792     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
793     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
794   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
795     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
796       return ExprError();
797     break;
798   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align:
799     if (SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(TheCall))
800       return ExprError();
801     break;
802   case Builtin::BI__assume:
803   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
804     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
805       return ExprError();
806     break;
807   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
808     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
809       return ExprError();
810     break;
811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
812     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
813       return ExprError();
814     break;
815   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
816     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
817       return ExprError();
818     break;
819   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
820     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
821       return ExprError();
822     break;
823   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
824   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
825     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
826       return true;
827     break;
828 
829   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
830     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
831     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
832     break;
833   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
834     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
835     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
836     break;
837   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
838   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
839   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
840   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
841   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
842   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
843   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
844   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
845   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
846   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
847   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
848   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
849   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
850   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
851   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
852   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
853   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
854   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
855   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
856   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
857   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
858   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
859   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
860   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
861   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
862   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
863   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
864   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
865   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
866   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
867   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
868   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
869   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
870   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
871   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
872   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
873   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
874   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
875   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
876   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
877   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
878   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
879   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
880   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
881   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
882   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
883   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
884   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
885   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
886   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
931   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
932   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
933   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
934   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
935   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
936   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
937   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
938   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
939     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
940   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
941   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
942     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
943 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
944 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
945   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
946     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
947 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
948   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
949     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
950       return ExprError();
951     break;
952   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
953     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
954       return ExprError();
955     break;
956   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
957   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
958   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
959     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
960       return ExprError();
961     break;
962   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
963   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
964     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
965       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
966         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
967                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
968                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
969         << "C++";
970       return ExprError();
971     }
972     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
973     // so ensure that they are declared.
974     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
975     break;
976 
977   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
978   // are detectable at compile time
979   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
980   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
981   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
982   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
983   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
984   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
985   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
986   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
987     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
988     break;
989   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
990     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
991     break;
992   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
993   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
994     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
995     break;
996   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
997     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
998       return ExprError();
999     break;
1000   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
1001   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
1002     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
1003                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
1004       return ExprError();
1005     break;
1006   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
1007   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1008     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1009                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1010       return ExprError();
1011     break;
1012   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1013     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1014       return ExprError();
1015 
1016     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1017             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1018             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1019             TheCall))
1020       return ExprError();
1021 
1022     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1023     break;
1024   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1025   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1026   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1027     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1028     // check for the argument.
1029     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1030       return ExprError();
1031     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1032     break;
1033   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1034   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1035   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1036   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1037   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1038   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1039     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1040       return ExprError();
1041     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1042     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1043     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1044     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1045     break;
1046   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1047   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1048   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1049   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1050   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1051   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1052     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1053       return ExprError();
1054     break;
1055   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1056   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1057     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1058       return ExprError();
1059     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1060     break;
1061   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1062   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1063   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1064     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1065       return ExprError();
1066     break;
1067   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1068   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1069     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1070       return ExprError();
1071     break;
1072   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1073   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1074     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1075       return ExprError();
1076     break;
1077   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
1078   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
1079     if (SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall)) {
1080       return ExprError();
1081     }
1082     break;
1083   }
1084 
1085   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1086   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1087   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1088     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1089       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1090       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1091       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1092       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1093         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1094           return ExprError();
1095         break;
1096       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1097       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1098         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1099           return ExprError();
1100         break;
1101       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1102       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1103       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1104       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1105         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1106           return ExprError();
1107         break;
1108       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1109         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1110           return ExprError();
1111         break;
1112       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1113       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1114         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1115           return ExprError();
1116         break;
1117       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1118       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1119       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1120         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1121           return ExprError();
1122         break;
1123       default:
1124         break;
1125     }
1126   }
1127 
1128   return TheCallResult;
1129 }
1130 
1131 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1132 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1133   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1134   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1135   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1136   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1137   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1138     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1139   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1140   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1141     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1142   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1143     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1144   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1145   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1146     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1147   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1148     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1149   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1150     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1151     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1152   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1153     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1154     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1155   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1156     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1157     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1158   }
1159   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1160 }
1161 
1162 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1163 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1164 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1165 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1166                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1167   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1168   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1169     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1170   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1171     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1172   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1173     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1174   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1175     if (IsInt64Long)
1176       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1177     else
1178       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1179                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1180   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1181     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1182   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1183     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1184   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1185     if (IsInt64Long)
1186       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1187     else
1188       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1189   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1190     break;
1191   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1192     return Context.HalfTy;
1193   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1194     return Context.FloatTy;
1195   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1196     return Context.DoubleTy;
1197   }
1198   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1199 }
1200 
1201 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1202   llvm::APSInt Result;
1203   uint64_t mask = 0;
1204   unsigned TV = 0;
1205   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1206   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1207   switch (BuiltinID) {
1208 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1209 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1210 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1211   }
1212 
1213   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1214   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1215   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1216   if (mask) {
1217     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1218       return true;
1219 
1220     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1221     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1222       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1223         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1224   }
1225 
1226   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1227     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1228     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1229     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1230       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1231     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1232     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1233 
1234     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1235     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
1236     bool IsInt64Long =
1237         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1238     QualType EltTy =
1239         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1240     if (HasConstPtr)
1241       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1242     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1243     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1244     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1245     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1246       return true;
1247     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1248                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1249       return true;
1250   }
1251 
1252   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1253   // instruction, range check them here.
1254   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1255   switch (BuiltinID) {
1256   default:
1257     return false;
1258 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1259 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1260 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1261   }
1262 
1263   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1264 }
1265 
1266 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1267                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1268   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1269           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1270           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1271           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1272           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1273           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1274           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1275           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1276          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1277   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1278                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1279                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1280                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1281 
1282   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1283 
1284   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1285   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1286     return true;
1287 
1288   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1289   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1290   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1291   // casts here.
1292   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1293   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1294   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1295     return true;
1296   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1297 
1298   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1299   if (!pointerType) {
1300     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1301       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1302     return true;
1303   }
1304 
1305   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1306   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1307   // what the appropriate type is.
1308   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1309   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1310   if (IsLdrex)
1311     AddrType.addConst();
1312 
1313   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1314   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1315   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1316     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1317     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1318       << PointerArg->getType()
1319       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1320       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1321   }
1322 
1323   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1324   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1325   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1326   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1327     return true;
1328   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1329 
1330   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1331 
1332   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1333   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1334       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1335     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1336       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1337     return true;
1338   }
1339 
1340   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1341   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1342     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1343     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1344       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1345     return true;
1346   }
1347 
1348   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1349   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1350   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1351     // okay
1352     break;
1353 
1354   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1355   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1356   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1357     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1358       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1359     return true;
1360   }
1361 
1362   if (IsLdrex) {
1363     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1364     return false;
1365   }
1366 
1367   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1368   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1369   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1370       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1371   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1372   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1373     return true;
1374   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1375 
1376   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1377   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1378   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1379   return false;
1380 }
1381 
1382 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1383   llvm::APSInt Result;
1384 
1385   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1386       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1387       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1388       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1389     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1390   }
1391 
1392   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1393     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1394       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1395   }
1396 
1397   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1398       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1399     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1400 
1401   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1402       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1403       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1404       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1405     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1406 
1407   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1408     return true;
1409 
1410   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1411   // range check them here.
1412   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1413   switch (BuiltinID) {
1414   default: return false;
1415   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1416   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1417   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1418   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1419   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1420   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1421   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1422   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1423   }
1424 
1425   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1426   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1427 }
1428 
1429 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1430                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1431   llvm::APSInt Result;
1432 
1433   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1434       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1435       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1436       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1437     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1438   }
1439 
1440   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1441     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1442       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1443       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1444       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1445   }
1446 
1447   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1448       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1449     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1450 
1451   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1452       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1453       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1454       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1455     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1456 
1457   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1458     return true;
1459 
1460   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1461   // range check them here.
1462   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1463   switch (BuiltinID) {
1464   default: return false;
1465   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1466   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1467   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1468   }
1469 
1470   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1471 }
1472 
1473 // CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall - Checks the constant value passed to the
1474 // intrinsic is correct. The switch statement is ordered by DSP, MSA. The
1475 // ordering for DSP is unspecified. MSA is ordered by the data format used
1476 // by the underlying instruction i.e., df/m, df/n and then by size.
1477 //
1478 // FIXME: The size tests here should instead be tablegen'd along with the
1479 //        definitions from include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def.
1480 // FIXME: GCC is strict on signedness for some of these intrinsics, we should
1481 //        be too.
1482 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1483   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0, m = 0;
1484   switch (BuiltinID) {
1485   default: return false;
1486   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1487   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1488   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1489   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1490   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1491   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1492   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1493   // MSA instrinsics. Instructions (which the intrinsics maps to) which use the
1494   // df/m field.
1495   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1496   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_b:
1497   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_b:
1498   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_b:
1499   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_b:
1500   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_b:
1501   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_b:
1502   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_b:
1503   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_b:
1504   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_b:
1505   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1506   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_b:
1507   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1508   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1509   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_h:
1510   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_h:
1511   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_h:
1512   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_h:
1513   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_h:
1514   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_h:
1515   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_h:
1516   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_h:
1517   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_h:
1518   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1519   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_h:
1520   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1521   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 5 bit immedate.
1522   // The first block of intrinsics actually have an unsigned 5 bit field,
1523   // not a df/n field.
1524   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_b:
1525   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_h:
1526   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_w:
1527   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_d:
1528   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_b:
1529   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_h:
1530   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_w:
1531   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_d:
1532   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_b:
1533   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_h:
1534   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_w:
1535   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_d:
1536   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_b:
1537   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_h:
1538   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_w:
1539   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_d:
1540   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_b:
1541   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_h:
1542   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_w:
1543   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_d:
1544   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_w:
1545   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_w:
1546   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_w:
1547   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_w:
1548   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_w:
1549   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_w:
1550   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_w:
1551   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_w:
1552   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_w:
1553   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_w:
1554   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_b:
1555   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_h:
1556   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_w:
1557   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1558   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_w:
1559   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1560   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 6 bit immediate.
1561   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_d:
1562   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_d:
1563   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_d:
1564   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_d:
1565   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_d:
1566   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_d:
1567   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_d:
1568   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_d:
1569   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_d:
1570   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1571   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_d:
1572   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1573   // These intrinsics take a signed 5 bit immediate.
1574   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_b:
1575   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_h:
1576   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_w:
1577   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_d:
1578   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_b:
1579   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_h:
1580   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_w:
1581   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_d:
1582   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_b:
1583   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_h:
1584   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_w:
1585   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_d:
1586   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_b:
1587   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_h:
1588   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_w:
1589   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_d:
1590   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_b:
1591   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_h:
1592   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_w:
1593   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_d: i = 1; l = -16; u = 15; break;
1594   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 8 bit immediate.
1595   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_andi_b:
1596   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_nori_b:
1597   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ori_b:
1598   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_b:
1599   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_h:
1600   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_w:
1601   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_xori_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1602   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseli_b:
1603   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmnzi_b:
1604   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmzi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1605   // df/n format
1606   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1607   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_b:
1608   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_b:
1609   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_b:
1610   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1611   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_b:
1612   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1613   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1614   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_h:
1615   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_h:
1616   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_h:
1617   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1618   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_h:
1619   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1620   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 2 bit immediate.
1621   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_w:
1622   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_w:
1623   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_w:
1624   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_w: i = 1; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1625   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_w:
1626   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1627   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 1 bit immediate.
1628   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_d:
1629   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_d:
1630   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_d:
1631   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1632   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sld_d:
1633   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1634   // Memory offsets and immediate loads.
1635   // These intrinsics take a signed 10 bit immediate.
1636   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_b: i = 0; l = -128; u = 127; break;
1637   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_h:
1638   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_w:
1639   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_d: i = 0; l = -512; u = 511; break;
1640   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_b: i = 1; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1641   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_h: i = 1; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1642   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_w: i = 1; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1643   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_d: i = 1; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1644   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_b: i = 2; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1645   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_h: i = 2; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1646   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_w: i = 2; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1647   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_d: i = 2; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1648   }
1649 
1650   if (!m)
1651     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1652 
1653   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u) ||
1654          SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(TheCall, i, m);
1655 }
1656 
1657 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1658   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1659   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1660                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1661                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1662   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1663                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1664                                             .getTargetInfo()
1665                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1666   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1667                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1668                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1669                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1670 
1671   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1672       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1673              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1674 
1675   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1676       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1677        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1678     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1679            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1680 
1681   switch (BuiltinID) {
1682   default: return false;
1683   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1684   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1685     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1686            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1687   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1688   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1689   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1690   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1691   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1692   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1693   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1694     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1695            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1696   }
1697   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1698 }
1699 
1700 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1701                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1702   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1703     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1704     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1705     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1706         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1707       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1708              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1709   }
1710 
1711   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1712   // range check them here.
1713   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1714   switch (BuiltinID) {
1715   default: return false;
1716   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1717   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1718   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1719   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1720   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1721   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1722   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1723   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1724   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1725   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1726   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1727   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1728   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1729   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1730   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1731   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1732   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1733   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1734     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1735            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1736   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1737   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1738   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1739   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1740   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1741   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1742   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1743   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1744   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1745   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1746   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1747   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1748   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1749   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1750   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1751   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1752   }
1753   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1754 }
1755 
1756 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1757 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1758 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1759 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1760   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1761 
1762   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1763   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1764     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1765            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1766 
1767   // Check the contents of the string.
1768   StringRef Feature =
1769       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1770   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1771     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1772            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1773   return false;
1774 }
1775 
1776 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1777 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1778   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1779   bool HasRC = false;
1780 
1781   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1782   switch (BuiltinID) {
1783   default:
1784     return false;
1785   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1786   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1787   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1788   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1789   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1790   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1791   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1792   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1793     ArgNum = 1;
1794     break;
1795   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1796   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1797   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1798   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1799   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1800   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1801   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1802   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1803   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1804   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1805   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1806   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1807   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1808   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1809   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1810   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1811   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1812   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1813   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1814   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1815     ArgNum = 3;
1816     break;
1817   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1818   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1819   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1820   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1821   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtss2sd_round_mask:
1822   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1823   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1824   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxpd512_mask:
1825   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxps512_mask:
1826   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxsd_round_mask:
1827   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxss_round_mask:
1828   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minpd512_mask:
1829   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minps512_mask:
1830   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minsd_round_mask:
1831   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minss_round_mask:
1832   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1833   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1834   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1835   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1836   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1837   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1838   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1839   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1840     ArgNum = 4;
1841     break;
1842   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1843   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1844   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1845   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1846   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1847   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1848   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1849   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1850   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1851   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1852   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1853   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1854   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1855   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1856   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1857   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1858     ArgNum = 5;
1859     break;
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1861   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1862   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1863   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1864   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1865   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1866   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1867   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1868     ArgNum = 1;
1869     HasRC = true;
1870     break;
1871   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd64:
1872   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss32:
1873   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss64:
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1877     ArgNum = 2;
1878     HasRC = true;
1879     break;
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1882   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1886   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1887   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtpd512_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtps512_mask:
1893     ArgNum = 3;
1894     HasRC = true;
1895     break;
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1903   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1904   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1911   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
1912   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2ss_round_mask:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtsd_round_mask:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtss_round_mask:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
1924   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
1925   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
1926   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
1928   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
1929   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
1930   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
1931   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
1932   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
1933   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
1934   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
1935   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
1936   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
1937   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
1938   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
1939   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
1940   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
1941   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
1942   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
1943   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
1944   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
1945   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
1946   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
1947   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
1948   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
1949     ArgNum = 4;
1950     HasRC = true;
1951     break;
1952   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
1953   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
1954     ArgNum = 5;
1955     HasRC = true;
1956     break;
1957   }
1958 
1959   llvm::APSInt Result;
1960 
1961   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
1962   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
1963   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
1964     return false;
1965 
1966   // Check constant-ness first.
1967   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
1968     return true;
1969 
1970   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
1971   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
1972   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
1973   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
1974       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
1975       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
1976     return false;
1977 
1978   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
1979     << Arg->getSourceRange();
1980 }
1981 
1982 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1983   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
1984     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
1985 
1986   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_ms_va_start)
1987     return SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(TheCall);
1988 
1989   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
1990   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1991     return true;
1992 
1993   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1994   // range check them here.
1995   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1996   switch (BuiltinID) {
1997   default:
1998     return false;
1999   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
2000     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
2001     break;
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
2006   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
2007     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
2008     break;
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
2010   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
2011   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
2013     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
2014     break;
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
2016   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
2017   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
2020   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
2021   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
2022   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
2025   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
2026   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
2027   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
2028   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
2029   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
2030   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
2031   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
2032   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
2033   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
2034   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
2035   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
2036   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
2037   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
2038   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
2039   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
2040   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
2041   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
2042   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
2043   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
2044   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
2045   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
2046   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
2047     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
2048     break;
2049   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
2050   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
2051   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
2052   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
2053     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
2054     break;
2055   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
2056   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
2057   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
2058   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
2059   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
2060   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
2061   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
2062   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
2063   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2064   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2065     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
2066     break;
2067   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
2068   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
2069   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
2070   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
2071   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
2072   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
2073   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
2074   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
2075   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
2076   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
2077   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
2078   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
2079   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
2081     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
2082     break;
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
2084     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
2085     break;
2086   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
2087   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
2088     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
2089     break;
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
2091   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
2092   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
2108   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
2109   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2117   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2118   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2121   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2122     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2123     break;
2124   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2125   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2126   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2127   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2128   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2129   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2130   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2131   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2132   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2133   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2134   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2135   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2136   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2137   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2138   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2139   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2140   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2141   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2142   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2143     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2144     break;
2145   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2146   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2147   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2148   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq512_mask:
2149   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd512_mask:
2150   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd128_mask:
2151   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignd256_mask:
2152   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq128_mask:
2153   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_alignq256_mask:
2154   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2155   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2156   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2157   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2158   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2159   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2160   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2161   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2162   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2163     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2164     break;
2165   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2166   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2167   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2168   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2169   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2170   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2171   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2172   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2173   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2174   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2175   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2176   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2177   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2178   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2179   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2180   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2181   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2182   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2183   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2184   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2185   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2186   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2187   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2188   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2189   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2190   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2191   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2192   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2193     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2194     break;
2195   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2196   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2197   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2198   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2199   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2200   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2201   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2202     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2203     break;
2204   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2205   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2206     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2207     break;
2208   }
2209   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2210 }
2211 
2212 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2213 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2214 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2215 /// been populated.
2216 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2217                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2218   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2219   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2220   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2221 
2222   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2223   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2224   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2225   if (IsCXXMember) {
2226     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2227       return false;
2228     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2229     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2230       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2231   }
2232   return true;
2233 }
2234 
2235 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2236 ///
2237 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2238 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2239   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2240   if (auto nullability
2241         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2242     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2243       return false;
2244   }
2245 
2246   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2247   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2248   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2249     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2250       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2251           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2252         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2253             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2254           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2255   }
2256 
2257   bool Result;
2258   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2259           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2260           !Result);
2261 }
2262 
2263 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2264                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2265                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2266   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2267     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2268            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2269 }
2270 
2271 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2272   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2273   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2274       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2275     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2276     return true;
2277   }
2278   return false;
2279 }
2280 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2281 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2282 static void
2283 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2284                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2285                                         Expr **Args,
2286                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2287   unsigned Idx = 0;
2288   bool Format = false;
2289   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2290   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2291     Idx = 2;
2292     Format = true;
2293   }
2294   else
2295     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2296       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2297         Format = true;
2298         break;
2299       }
2300     }
2301   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2302     return;
2303   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2304   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2305     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2306   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2307   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2308       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2309     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2310   else
2311     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2312   if (!FormatString)
2313     return;
2314   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2315     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2316       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2317     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2318       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2319   }
2320 }
2321 
2322 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2323 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2324   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2325     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2326 
2327   return false;
2328 }
2329 
2330 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2331                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2332                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2333                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2334                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2335   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2336 
2337   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2338   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2339   if (FDecl) {
2340     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2341     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2342       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2343         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2344         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2345           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2346             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2347         return;
2348       }
2349 
2350       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2351         if (Val >= Args.size())
2352           continue;
2353         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2354           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2355         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2356       }
2357     }
2358   }
2359 
2360   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2361     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2362     // function/method.
2363     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2364     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2365       parms = FD->parameters();
2366     else
2367       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2368 
2369     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2370     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2371          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2372       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2373       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2374           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2375         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2376           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2377 
2378         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2379       }
2380     }
2381   } else {
2382     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2383     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2384     if (!Proto) {
2385       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2386         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2387         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2388           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2389         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2390           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2391         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2392 
2393         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2394         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2395       }
2396     }
2397 
2398     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2399     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2400     if (Proto) {
2401       unsigned Index = 0;
2402       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2403         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2404           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2405             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2406 
2407           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2408         }
2409 
2410         ++Index;
2411       }
2412     }
2413   }
2414 
2415   // Check for non-null arguments.
2416   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2417        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2418     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2419       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2420   }
2421 }
2422 
2423 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2424 /// functions, and NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters.
2425 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2426                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
2427                      SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
2428                      VariadicCallType CallType) {
2429   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2430   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2431     return;
2432 
2433   // Printf and scanf checking.
2434   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2435   if (FDecl) {
2436     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2437       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2438       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2439 
2440       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2441                            CheckedVarArgs);
2442     }
2443   }
2444 
2445   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2446   // checks above.
2447   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
2448     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2449                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2450                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2451                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2452                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2453                        : 0;
2454 
2455     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2456       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2457       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2458         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2459           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2460       }
2461     }
2462   }
2463 
2464   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2465     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2466 
2467     // Type safety checking.
2468     if (FDecl) {
2469       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2470         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2471     }
2472   }
2473 }
2474 
2475 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2476 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2477 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2478                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2479                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2480                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2481   VariadicCallType CallType =
2482     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2483   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true, Loc, SourceRange(),
2484             CallType);
2485 }
2486 
2487 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2488 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2489 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2490                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2491   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2492                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2493   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2494                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2495   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2496                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2497   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2498   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2499   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2500     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2501     // from checkCall.
2502     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2503     ++Args;
2504     --NumArgs;
2505   }
2506   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2507             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2508             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2509 
2510   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2511   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2512   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2513   if (!FnInfo)
2514     return false;
2515 
2516   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl, FnInfo);
2517   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2518     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2519 
2520   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2521   if (CMId == 0)
2522     return false;
2523 
2524   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2525   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2526     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2527   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2528     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2529   else
2530     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2531 
2532   return false;
2533 }
2534 
2535 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2536                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2537   VariadicCallType CallType =
2538       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2539 
2540   checkCall(Method, nullptr, Args,
2541             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2542             CallType);
2543 
2544   return false;
2545 }
2546 
2547 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2548                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2549   QualType Ty;
2550   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2551     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2552   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2553     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2554   else
2555     return false;
2556 
2557   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2558       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2559     return false;
2560 
2561   VariadicCallType CallType;
2562   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2563     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2564   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2565     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2566   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2567     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2568   }
2569 
2570   checkCall(NDecl, Proto,
2571             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2572             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2573             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2574 
2575   return false;
2576 }
2577 
2578 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2579 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2580 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2581   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2582                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2583   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2584             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2585             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2586             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2587 
2588   return false;
2589 }
2590 
2591 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2592   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2593     return false;
2594 
2595   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2596   switch (Op) {
2597   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2598     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2599 
2600   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2601   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2602   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2603     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2604            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2605 
2606   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2607   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2608   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2609     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2610            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2611            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2612 
2613   default:
2614     return true;
2615   }
2616 }
2617 
2618 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2619                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2620   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2621   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2622 
2623   // All these operations take one of the following forms:
2624   enum {
2625     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2626     Init,
2627     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2628     Load,
2629     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2630     LoadCopy,
2631     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2632     Copy,
2633     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2634     Arithmetic,
2635     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2636     Xchg,
2637     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2638     GNUXchg,
2639     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2640     C11CmpXchg,
2641     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2642     GNUCmpXchg
2643   } Form = Init;
2644   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2645   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2646   // where:
2647   //   C is an appropriate type,
2648   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2649   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2650   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2651   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2652 
2653   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2654                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2655                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2656                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2657   bool IsC11 = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2658                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor;
2659   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2660              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2661              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2662              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2663   bool IsAddSub = false;
2664 
2665   switch (Op) {
2666   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2667     Form = Init;
2668     break;
2669 
2670   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2671   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2672     Form = Load;
2673     break;
2674 
2675   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2676     Form = LoadCopy;
2677     break;
2678 
2679   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2680   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2681   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2682     Form = Copy;
2683     break;
2684 
2685   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2686   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2687   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2688   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2689   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2690   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2691     IsAddSub = true;
2692     // Fall through.
2693   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2694   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2695   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2696   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2697   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2698   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2699   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2700   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2701   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2702   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2703   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2704     Form = Arithmetic;
2705     break;
2706 
2707   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2708   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2709     Form = Xchg;
2710     break;
2711 
2712   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2713     Form = GNUXchg;
2714     break;
2715 
2716   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2717   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2718     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2719     break;
2720 
2721   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2722   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2723     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2724     break;
2725   }
2726 
2727   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2728   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs[Form]) {
2729     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2730       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2731       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2732     return ExprError();
2733   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs[Form]) {
2734     Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs[Form])->getLocStart(),
2735          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2736       << 0 << NumArgs[Form] << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2737       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2738     return ExprError();
2739   }
2740 
2741   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2742   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2743   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2744   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2745     return ExprError();
2746 
2747   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2748   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2749   if (!pointerType) {
2750     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2751       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2752     return ExprError();
2753   }
2754 
2755   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2756   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2757   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2758   if (IsC11) {
2759     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2760       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2761         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2762       return ExprError();
2763     }
2764     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified()) {
2765       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2766         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2767       return ExprError();
2768     }
2769     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2770   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2771     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2772       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2773         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2774       return ExprError();
2775     }
2776   }
2777 
2778   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
2779   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
2780     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
2781     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2782       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2783         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2784       return ExprError();
2785     }
2786     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
2787       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
2788         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2789       return ExprError();
2790     }
2791     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
2792         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
2793                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
2794       return ExprError();
2795     }
2796   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
2797     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
2798     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
2799     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
2800       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2801     return ExprError();
2802   }
2803 
2804   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
2805       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
2806     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
2807     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
2808     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
2809       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2810     return ExprError();
2811   }
2812 
2813   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
2814   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2815   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2816     // okay
2817     break;
2818 
2819   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2820   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2821   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2822     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
2823     // to be trivially copyable.
2824     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
2825       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2826     return ExprError();
2827   }
2828 
2829   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
2830   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
2831   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
2832   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
2833   ValType.removeLocalConst();
2834   QualType ResultType = ValType;
2835   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg || Form == Init)
2836     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
2837   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
2838     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
2839 
2840   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
2841   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
2842   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
2843   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
2844     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
2845 
2846   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
2847   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
2848   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
2849   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs[Form]; ++i) {
2850     QualType Ty;
2851     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
2852       switch (i) {
2853       case 1:
2854         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
2855         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
2856         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
2857         // by-value.
2858         assert(Form != Load);
2859         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
2860           Ty = ValType;
2861         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
2862           Ty = ByValType;
2863         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
2864           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
2865         else {
2866           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2867           unsigned AS = 0;
2868           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
2869           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
2870                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2871             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
2872           }
2873           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
2874               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
2875         }
2876         break;
2877       case 2:
2878         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
2879         // (pointer to a) desired value.
2880         Ty = ByValType;
2881         break;
2882       case 3:
2883         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
2884         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
2885         break;
2886       }
2887     } else {
2888       // The order(s) are always converted to int.
2889       Ty = Context.IntTy;
2890     }
2891 
2892     InitializedEntity Entity =
2893         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
2894     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
2895     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2896     if (Arg.isInvalid())
2897       return true;
2898     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
2899   }
2900 
2901   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
2902   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
2903   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
2904   switch (Form) {
2905   case Init:
2906     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
2907     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2908     break;
2909   case Load:
2910     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
2911     break;
2912   case LoadCopy:
2913   case Copy:
2914   case Arithmetic:
2915   case Xchg:
2916     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
2917     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2918     break;
2919   case GNUXchg:
2920     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
2921     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2922     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2923     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2924     break;
2925   case C11CmpXchg:
2926     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
2927     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2928     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
2929     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2930     break;
2931   case GNUCmpXchg:
2932     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
2933     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
2934     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
2935     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
2936     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
2937     break;
2938   }
2939 
2940   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
2941     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
2942     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
2943         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
2944       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
2945            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
2946           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
2947   }
2948 
2949   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
2950                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
2951                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
2952 
2953   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
2954        (Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store)) &&
2955       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
2956     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib) <<
2957     ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load) ? 0 : 1);
2958 
2959   return AE;
2960 }
2961 
2962 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
2963 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
2964 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
2965 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
2966 /// them.
2967 ///
2968 /// Returns true on error.
2969 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
2970   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
2971   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
2972 
2973   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
2974   InitializedEntity Entity =
2975     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
2976 
2977   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
2978   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
2979   if (Arg.isInvalid())
2980     return true;
2981 
2982   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
2983   return false;
2984 }
2985 
2986 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
2987 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
2988 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
2989 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
2990 /// void(...).
2991 ///
2992 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
2993 /// builtins,
2994 ExprResult
2995 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
2996   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
2997   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2998   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
2999 
3000   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
3001   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
3002     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3003       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3004       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3005     return ExprError();
3006   }
3007 
3008   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
3009   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
3010   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3011   // casts here.
3012   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
3013   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3014   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
3015   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
3016     return ExprError();
3017   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
3018   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
3019 
3020   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3021   if (!pointerType) {
3022     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3023       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3024     return ExprError();
3025   }
3026 
3027   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3028   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3029       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3030     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
3031       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3032     return ExprError();
3033   }
3034 
3035   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3036   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3037   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3038     // okay
3039     break;
3040 
3041   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3042   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3043   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3044     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3045       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3046     return ExprError();
3047   }
3048 
3049   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3050   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3051 
3052   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
3053   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
3054   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3055 
3056   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
3057   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
3058   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
3059 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
3060   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
3061     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
3062 
3063   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
3064     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
3065     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
3066     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
3067     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
3068     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
3069     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
3070 
3071     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
3072     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
3073     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
3074     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
3075     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
3076     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
3077 
3078     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
3079     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
3080     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
3081     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
3082     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
3083   };
3084 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3085 
3086   // Determine the index of the size.
3087   unsigned SizeIndex;
3088   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3089   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3090   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3091   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3092   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3093   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3094   default:
3095     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3096       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3097     return ExprError();
3098   }
3099 
3100   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3101   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3102   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3103   // as the number of fixed args.
3104   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3105   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3106   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3107   switch (BuiltinID) {
3108   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3109   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3110   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3111   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3112   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3113   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3114   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3115     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3116     break;
3117 
3118   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3119   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3120   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3121   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3122   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3123   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3124     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3125     break;
3126 
3127   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3128   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3129   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3130   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3131   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3132   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3133     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3134     break;
3135 
3136   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3137   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3138   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3139   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3140   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3141   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3142     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3143     break;
3144 
3145   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3146   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3147   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3148   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3149   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3150   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3151     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3152     break;
3153 
3154   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3155   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3156   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3157   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3158   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3159   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3160     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3161     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3162     break;
3163 
3164   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3165   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3166   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3167   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3168   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3169   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3170     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3171     break;
3172 
3173   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3174   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3175   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3176   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3177   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3178   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3179     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3180     break;
3181 
3182   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3183   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3184   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3185   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3186   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3187   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3188     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3189     break;
3190 
3191   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3192   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3193   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3194   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3195   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3196   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3197     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3198     break;
3199 
3200   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3201   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3202   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3203   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3204   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3205   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3206     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3207     break;
3208 
3209   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3210   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3211   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3212   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3213   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3214   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3215     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3216     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3217     break;
3218 
3219   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3220   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3221   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3222   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3223   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3224   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3225     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3226     NumFixed = 2;
3227     break;
3228 
3229   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3230   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3231   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3232   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3233   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3234   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3235     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3236     NumFixed = 2;
3237     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3238     break;
3239 
3240   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3241   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3242   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3243   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3244   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3245   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3246     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3247     break;
3248 
3249   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3250   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3251   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3252   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3253   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3254   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3255     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3256     NumFixed = 0;
3257     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3258     break;
3259 
3260   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3261   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3262   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3263   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3264   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3265   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3266     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3267     break;
3268   }
3269 
3270   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3271   // have at least that many.
3272   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3273     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3274       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3275       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3276     return ExprError();
3277   }
3278 
3279   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3280     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3281       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3282   }
3283 
3284   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3285   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3286   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3287   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3288   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3289   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3290     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3291   else {
3292     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3293     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3294     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3295     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3296     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3297     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3298     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3299       return ExprError();
3300   }
3301 
3302   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3303   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3304   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3305   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3306     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3307 
3308     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3309     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3310     // Initialize the argument.
3311     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3312                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3313     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3314     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3315       return ExprError();
3316 
3317     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3318     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3319     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3320     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3321     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3322     // FIXME: Do this check.
3323     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3324   }
3325 
3326   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3327 
3328   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3329   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3330       Context,
3331       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3332       SourceLocation(),
3333       NewBuiltinDecl,
3334       /*enclosing*/ false,
3335       DRE->getLocation(),
3336       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3337       DRE->getValueKind());
3338 
3339   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3340   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3341   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3342   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3343                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3344   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3345 
3346   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3347   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3348   // gracefully.
3349   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3350 
3351   return TheCallResult;
3352 }
3353 
3354 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3355 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3356 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3357 ///
3358 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3359 /// builtins.
3360 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3361   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3362   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3363       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3364   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3365   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3366   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3367           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3368          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3369   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3370   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3371 
3372   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3373   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3374     return ExprError();
3375 
3376   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3377   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3378   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3379   // casts here.
3380   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3381   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3382       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3383 
3384   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3385     return ExprError();
3386   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3387   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3388 
3389   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3390   if (!pointerType) {
3391     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3392         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3393     return ExprError();
3394   }
3395 
3396   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3397 
3398   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3399   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3400   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3401       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3402       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3403     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3404          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3405         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3406     return ExprError();
3407   }
3408 
3409   if (!isStore) {
3410     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3411     return TheCallResult;
3412   }
3413 
3414   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3415   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3416       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3417   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3418   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3419     return ExprError();
3420 
3421   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3422   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3423   return TheCallResult;
3424 }
3425 
3426 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3427 /// CFString constructor is correct
3428 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3429 /// simplify the backend).
3430 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3431   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3432   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3433 
3434   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3435     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3436       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3437     return true;
3438   }
3439 
3440   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3441     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3442     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3443     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3444     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3445     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3446 
3447     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3448         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3449                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3450     // Check for conversion failure.
3451     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3452       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3453            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3454   }
3455   return false;
3456 }
3457 
3458 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
3459 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
3460 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
3461   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3462   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3463   if (!Literal) {
3464     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
3465       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
3466     }
3467   }
3468 
3469   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isAscii() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
3470     return ExprError(
3471         Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
3472         << Arg->getSourceRange());
3473   }
3474 
3475   ExprResult Result(Literal);
3476   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3477   InitializedEntity Entity =
3478       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
3479   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
3480   return Result;
3481 }
3482 
3483 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3484 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3485 /// on success.
3486 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3487   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3488   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3489     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3490          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3491       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3492       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3493       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3494                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3495     return true;
3496   }
3497 
3498   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3499     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3500       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3501       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3502   }
3503 
3504   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3505   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3506     return true;
3507 
3508   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3509   BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
3510   bool isVariadic;
3511   if (CurBlock)
3512     isVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3513   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3514     isVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3515   else
3516     isVariadic = getCurMethodDecl()->isVariadic();
3517 
3518   if (!isVariadic) {
3519     Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3520     return true;
3521   }
3522 
3523   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3524   // current function or method.
3525   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3526   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3527 
3528   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3529   // block.
3530   QualType Type;
3531   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3532   bool IsCRegister = false;
3533 
3534   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3535     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3536       // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3537       // Get the last formal in the current function.
3538       const ParmVarDecl *LastArg;
3539       if (CurBlock)
3540         LastArg = CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters().back();
3541       else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3542         LastArg = FD->parameters().back();
3543       else
3544         LastArg = getCurMethodDecl()->parameters().back();
3545       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastArg;
3546 
3547       Type = PV->getType();
3548       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3549       IsCRegister =
3550           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3551     }
3552   }
3553 
3554   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3555     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3556          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3557   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3558            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3559              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3560              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3561              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3562                return false;
3563              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3564                return true;
3565              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3566              return !(ED &&
3567                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3568            }()) {
3569     unsigned Reason = 0;
3570     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3571     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3572     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3573     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3574   }
3575 
3576   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3577   return false;
3578 }
3579 
3580 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' for validity, and that
3581 /// it was called from a function of the native ABI.
3582 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3583 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3584   // On x86-64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3585   // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3586   // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3587   // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3588   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
3589     unsigned OS = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS();
3590     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3591     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3592       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3593     if ((OS == llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3594         (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC == CC_X86_64Win64))
3595       return Diag(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3596                   diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3597              << (OS != llvm::Triple::Win32);
3598   }
3599   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3600 }
3601 
3602 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_ms_va_start' for validity, and that
3603 /// it was called from a Win64 ABI function.
3604 /// Emit an error and return true on failure; return false on success.
3605 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3606   // This only makes sense for x86-64.
3607   const llvm::Triple &TT = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3608   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
3609   if (TT.getArch() != llvm::Triple::x86_64)
3610     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_32_bit_tgt);
3611   // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3612   clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3613   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3614     CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3615   if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV ||
3616       (TT.getOS() != llvm::Triple::Win32 && CC != CC_X86_64Win64))
3617     return Diag(Callee->getLocStart(),
3618                 diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3619   return SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(TheCall);
3620 }
3621 
3622 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3623   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3624   //                 const char *named_addr);
3625 
3626   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3627 
3628   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3629     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3630                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3631            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3632 
3633   // Determine whether the current function is variadic or not.
3634   bool IsVariadic;
3635   if (BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock())
3636     IsVariadic = CurBlock->TheDecl->isVariadic();
3637   else if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
3638     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3639   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3640     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3641   else
3642     llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement type");
3643 
3644   if (!IsVariadic) {
3645     Diag(Func->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_used_in_non_variadic_function);
3646     return true;
3647   }
3648 
3649   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3650   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3651     return true;
3652 
3653   const struct {
3654     unsigned ArgNo;
3655     QualType Type;
3656   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3657     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3658     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3659   };
3660 
3661   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3662     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3663     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3664       continue;
3665     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3666       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3667       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3668       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3669   }
3670 
3671   return false;
3672 }
3673 
3674 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3675 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3676 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3677   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3678     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3679       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3680   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3681     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3682                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3683       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3684       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3685                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3686 
3687   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3688   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3689 
3690   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3691   // type.
3692   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3693   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3694     return true;
3695 
3696   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3697   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3698   // foo(...)".
3699   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3700   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3701 
3702   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3703     return false;
3704 
3705   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3706   // invalid for this operation.
3707   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3708     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3709                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3710       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3711       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3712 
3713   return false;
3714 }
3715 
3716 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3717 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3718 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3719 /// value.
3720 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3721   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3722     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3723       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3724   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3725     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3726                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3727       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3728       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3729                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3730 
3731   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3732 
3733   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3734     return false;
3735 
3736   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3737   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
3738     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
3739                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
3740       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
3741 
3742   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> double, remove it.
3743   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
3744     Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
3745     if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3746       assert(Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) &&
3747              "promotion from float to double is the only expected cast here");
3748       Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
3749       TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
3750     }
3751   }
3752 
3753   return false;
3754 }
3755 
3756 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
3757 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3758 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3759   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3760     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3761                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3762                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3763                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
3764 
3765   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
3766   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
3767   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
3768   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3769   unsigned numElements = 0;
3770 
3771   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
3772       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
3773     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
3774     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
3775 
3776     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
3777       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3778                             diag::err_shufflevector_non_vector)
3779                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3780                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3781 
3782     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3783     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
3784 
3785     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
3786     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
3787     // same number of elts as lhs.
3788     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
3789       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
3790           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
3791         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3792                               diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3793                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3794                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3795     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
3796       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3797                             diag::err_shufflevector_incompatible_vector)
3798                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
3799                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
3800     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
3801       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
3802       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
3803                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
3804     }
3805   }
3806 
3807   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
3808     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
3809         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
3810       continue;
3811 
3812     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3813     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3814       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3815                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
3816                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3817 
3818     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
3819     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
3820       continue;
3821 
3822     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
3823       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3824                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
3825                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
3826   }
3827 
3828   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
3829 
3830   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
3831     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
3832     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
3833   }
3834 
3835   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
3836                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3837                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3838 }
3839 
3840 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
3841 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3842                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3843                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3844   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3845   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3846   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
3847   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3848 
3849   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
3850     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3851                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
3852                      << E->getSourceRange());
3853   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
3854     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3855                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
3856 
3857   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
3858     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3859     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
3860     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
3861       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3862                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
3863                        << E->getSourceRange());
3864   }
3865 
3866   return new (Context)
3867       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
3868 }
3869 
3870 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
3871 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
3872 // optional constant int args.
3873 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3874   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3875 
3876   if (NumArgs > 3)
3877     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3878              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3879              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3880              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3881 
3882   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
3883   // constant integers.
3884   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3885     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
3886       return true;
3887 
3888   return false;
3889 }
3890 
3891 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
3892 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
3893 // has side effects.
3894 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3895   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3896   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
3897 
3898   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
3899     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
3900       << Arg->getSourceRange()
3901       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
3902 
3903   return false;
3904 }
3905 
3906 /// Handle __builtin_alloca_with_align. This is declared
3907 /// as (size_t, size_t) where the second size_t must be a power of 2 greater
3908 /// than 8.
3909 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3910   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3911   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3912 
3913   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3914   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3915     if (const auto *UE =
3916             dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
3917       if (UE->getKind() == UETT_AlignOf)
3918         Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::warn_alloca_align_alignof)
3919           << Arg->getSourceRange();
3920 
3921     llvm::APSInt Result = Arg->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
3922 
3923     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3924       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3925                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3926            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3927 
3928     if (Result < Context.getCharWidth())
3929       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_small)
3930            << (unsigned)Context.getCharWidth()
3931            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3932 
3933     if (Result > INT32_MAX)
3934       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
3935            << INT32_MAX
3936            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3937   }
3938 
3939   return false;
3940 }
3941 
3942 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
3943 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
3944 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3945   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3946 
3947   if (NumArgs > 3)
3948     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3949              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3950              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
3951              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3952 
3953   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
3954   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
3955 
3956   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3957   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3958     llvm::APSInt Result;
3959     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
3960       return true;
3961 
3962     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
3963       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
3964                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3965            << Arg->getSourceRange();
3966   }
3967 
3968   if (NumArgs > 2) {
3969     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
3970     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3971       Context.getSizeType(), false);
3972     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3973     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
3974     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
3975   }
3976 
3977   return false;
3978 }
3979 
3980 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3981   unsigned BuiltinID =
3982       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
3983   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
3984 
3985   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3986   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
3987   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
3988     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3989            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
3990            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3991   }
3992   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
3993     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3994                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3995            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
3996            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
3997   }
3998   unsigned i = 0;
3999 
4000   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
4001   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4002     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4003     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4004         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
4005     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4006     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4007       return true;
4008     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4009     i++;
4010   }
4011 
4012   // Check string literal arg.
4013   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
4014   {
4015     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4016     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4017       return true;
4018     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4019     i++;
4020   }
4021 
4022   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
4023   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
4024   while (i < NumArgs) {
4025     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
4026         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
4027     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4028       return true;
4029     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
4030     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
4031       return Diag(Arg.get()->getLocEnd(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
4032              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
4033              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4034     }
4035     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4036     i++;
4037   }
4038 
4039   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
4040   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
4041   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4042     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
4043     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
4044     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
4045         Args, /*HasVAListArg*/ false, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
4046         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getLocStart(), SourceRange(),
4047         CheckedVarArgs);
4048     if (!Success)
4049       return true;
4050   }
4051 
4052   if (IsSizeCall) {
4053     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
4054   } else {
4055     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
4056   }
4057   return false;
4058 }
4059 
4060 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4061 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
4062 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4063                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
4064   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4065   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4066   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4067 
4068   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
4069 
4070   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4071     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
4072                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
4073 
4074   return false;
4075 }
4076 
4077 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4078 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
4079 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4080                                        int Low, int High) {
4081   llvm::APSInt Result;
4082 
4083   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4084   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4085   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4086     return false;
4087 
4088   // Check constant-ness first.
4089   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4090     return true;
4091 
4092   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
4093     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
4094       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
4095 
4096   return false;
4097 }
4098 
4099 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4100 /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
4101 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4102                                           unsigned Num) {
4103   llvm::APSInt Result;
4104 
4105   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4106   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4107   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4108     return false;
4109 
4110   // Check constant-ness first.
4111   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4112     return true;
4113 
4114   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
4115     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
4116       << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
4117 
4118   return false;
4119 }
4120 
4121 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4122 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
4123 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
4124                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
4125                                     bool AllowName) {
4126   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4127                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4128                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4129                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4130                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4131                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4132   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4133                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4134                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4135                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4136                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4137                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4138   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
4139 
4140   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4141   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4142   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4143     return false;
4144 
4145   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
4146   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4147     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
4148            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4149 
4150   // Check the type of special register given.
4151   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
4152   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
4153   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
4154 
4155   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
4156     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4157            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4158 
4159   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
4160   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
4161   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
4162   // ranges.
4163   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
4164     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
4165 
4166     bool ValidString = true;
4167     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
4168       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
4169                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
4170       if (ValidString)
4171         Fields[0] =
4172           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
4173 
4174       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
4175       if (ValidString)
4176         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
4177 
4178       if (FiveFields) {
4179         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
4180         if (ValidString)
4181           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
4182       }
4183     }
4184 
4185     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
4186     if (FiveFields)
4187       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 7, 15, 15});
4188     else
4189       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
4190 
4191     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
4192       int IntField;
4193       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
4194       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
4195     }
4196 
4197     if (!ValidString)
4198       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4199              << Arg->getSourceRange();
4200 
4201   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
4202     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
4203     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
4204     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
4205     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
4206     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
4207     // compile time.
4208     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
4209       return false;
4210 
4211     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
4212     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
4213         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
4214       return false;
4215 
4216     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
4217   }
4218 
4219   return false;
4220 }
4221 
4222 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
4223 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
4224 /// that val is a constant 1.
4225 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4226   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4227     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
4228              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4229 
4230   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4231   llvm::APSInt Result;
4232 
4233   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
4234   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4235     return true;
4236 
4237   if (Result != 1)
4238     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
4239              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
4240 
4241   return false;
4242 }
4243 
4244 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
4245 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
4246 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4247   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4248     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4249              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4250   return false;
4251 }
4252 
4253 namespace {
4254 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4255   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4256   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4257   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4258 
4259 public:
4260   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4261 
4262   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4263     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4264   }
4265 
4266   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4267     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4268     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4269   }
4270 
4271   void setAllCovered() {
4272     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4273     // the diagnostics.
4274     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4275     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4276   }
4277 
4278   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4279     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4280 
4281     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4282     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4283       return;
4284 
4285     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4286     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4287     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4288       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4289     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4290       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4291       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4292       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4293     }
4294   }
4295 
4296   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4297 };
4298 
4299 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4300   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4301   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4302   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4303 };
4304 } // end anonymous namespace
4305 
4306 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4307                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4308                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4309   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4310   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4311   // There might be negative interim results.
4312   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4313     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4314     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4315   }
4316   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4317   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4318     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4319     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4320   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4321     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4322   }
4323 
4324   bool Ov = false;
4325   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4326   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4327     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4328   else {
4329     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4330            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4331     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4332   }
4333 
4334   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4335   // possible.
4336   if (Ov) {
4337     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4338     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4339     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4340     return;
4341   }
4342 
4343   Offset = ResOffset;
4344 }
4345 
4346 namespace {
4347 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4348 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4349 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4350 class FormatStringLiteral {
4351   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4352   int64_t Offset;
4353 
4354  public:
4355   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4356       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4357 
4358   StringRef getString() const {
4359     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4360   }
4361 
4362   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4363     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4364   }
4365   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4366   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4367 
4368   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4369 
4370   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4371 
4372   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4373   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4374   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4375   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4376   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4377   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4378 
4379   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4380       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4381       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4382       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4383     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4384                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4385   }
4386 
4387   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4388     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4389   }
4390   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4391 };
4392 }  // end anonymous namespace
4393 
4394 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4395                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4396                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4397                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4398                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4399                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4400                               bool inFunctionCall,
4401                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4402                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4403                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4404 
4405 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4406 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4407 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4408 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4409 static StringLiteralCheckType
4410 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4411                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4412                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4413                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4414                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4415                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4416                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4417  tryAgain:
4418   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4419 
4420   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4421     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4422 
4423   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4424 
4425   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4426     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4427     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4428     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4429     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4430     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4431 
4432   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4433   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4434   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4435     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4436     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4437     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4438         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4439 
4440     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4441     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4442     // evaluated at compile time.
4443     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4444 
4445     bool Cond;
4446     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4447       if (Cond)
4448         CheckRight = false;
4449       else
4450         CheckLeft = false;
4451     }
4452 
4453     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4454     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4455     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4456     // literals in the end.
4457     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4458     if (!CheckLeft)
4459       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4460     else {
4461       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4462                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4463                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4464                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4465       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4466         return Left;
4467       }
4468     }
4469 
4470     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4471         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4472                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4473                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4474                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4475 
4476     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4477   }
4478 
4479   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4480     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4481     goto tryAgain;
4482   }
4483 
4484   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4485     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4486       E = src;
4487       goto tryAgain;
4488     }
4489     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4490 
4491   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4492     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4493     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4494     // liability.
4495     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4496 
4497   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4498     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4499 
4500     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4501     // const string literals.
4502     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4503       bool isConstant = false;
4504       QualType T = DR->getType();
4505 
4506       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4507         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4508       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4509         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4510                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4511       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4512         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4513         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4514         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4515       }
4516 
4517       if (isConstant) {
4518         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4519           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4520           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4521             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4522               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4523           }
4524           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4525                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4526                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4527                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4528                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4529         }
4530       }
4531 
4532       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4533       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4534       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4535       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4536       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4537       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4538       //
4539       // void
4540       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4541       //      va_list ap;
4542       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4543       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4544       //      ...
4545       // }
4546       if (HasVAListArg) {
4547         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4548           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4549             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4550             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4551               // adjust for implicit parameter
4552               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4553                 if (MD->isInstance())
4554                   ++PVIndex;
4555               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4556               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4557               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4558                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4559                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4560             }
4561           }
4562         }
4563       }
4564     }
4565 
4566     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4567   }
4568 
4569   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4570   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4571     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4572     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4573       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4574         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4575         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4576           if (MD->isInstance())
4577             --ArgIndex;
4578         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4579 
4580         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4581                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4582                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4583                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4584       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4585         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4586         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4587             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4588           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4589           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4590                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4591                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4592                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4593                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4594         }
4595       }
4596     }
4597 
4598     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4599   }
4600   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
4601     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
4602     if (const auto *ND = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
4603       if (const auto *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4604         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4605         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4606         return checkFormatStringExpr(
4607             S, Arg, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
4608             CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4609       }
4610     }
4611 
4612     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4613   }
4614   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4615   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4616     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4617 
4618     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4619       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4620     else
4621       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4622 
4623     if (StrE) {
4624       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4625         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4626         // bounds literals.
4627         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4628       }
4629       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4630       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4631                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4632                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4633       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4634     }
4635 
4636     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4637   }
4638   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4639     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4640     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4641 
4642     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4643 
4644     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4645     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4646       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4647       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4648 
4649       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4650         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4651 
4652         if (LIsInt) {
4653           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4654             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4655             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4656             goto tryAgain;
4657           }
4658         } else {
4659           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4660           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4661           goto tryAgain;
4662         }
4663       }
4664     }
4665 
4666     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4667   }
4668   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4669     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
4670     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
4671     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
4672       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
4673       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
4674         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
4675         E = ASE->getBase();
4676         goto tryAgain;
4677       }
4678     }
4679 
4680     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4681   }
4682 
4683   default:
4684     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4685   }
4686 }
4687 
4688 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
4689   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
4690       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
4691       .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
4692       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
4693       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
4694       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
4695       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
4696       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
4697       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
4698       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
4699       .Default(FST_Unknown);
4700 }
4701 
4702 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
4703 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
4704 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
4705 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
4706                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4707                                 bool IsCXXMember,
4708                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4709                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4710                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4711   FormatStringInfo FSI;
4712   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
4713     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
4714                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
4715                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
4716   return false;
4717 }
4718 
4719 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4720                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4721                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
4722                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
4723                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4724                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
4725   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
4726   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
4727     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
4728     return false;
4729   }
4730 
4731   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
4732 
4733   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
4734   //
4735   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
4736   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
4737   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
4738   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
4739   // many format string exploits.
4740 
4741   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
4742   // C string (e.g. "%d")
4743   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
4744   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
4745   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
4746   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
4747       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
4748                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4749                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
4750                             UncoveredArg,
4751                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
4752 
4753   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
4754   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
4755     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
4756     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
4757     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
4758   }
4759 
4760   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
4761     // Literal format string found, check done!
4762     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4763 
4764   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
4765   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
4766   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
4767     return false;
4768 
4769   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
4770   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
4771   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
4772   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
4773   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
4774   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
4775     return false;
4776 
4777   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
4778   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
4779   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
4780     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
4781       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4782     switch (Type) {
4783     default:
4784       break;
4785     case FST_Kprintf:
4786     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
4787     case FST_Printf:
4788       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4789         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
4790       break;
4791     case FST_NSString:
4792       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
4793         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
4794       break;
4795     }
4796   } else {
4797     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
4798       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4799   }
4800   return false;
4801 }
4802 
4803 namespace {
4804 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
4805 protected:
4806   Sema &S;
4807   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
4808   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
4809   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
4810   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
4811   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
4812   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
4813   const bool HasVAListArg;
4814   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
4815   unsigned FormatIdx;
4816   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
4817   bool usesPositionalArgs;
4818   bool atFirstArg;
4819   bool inFunctionCall;
4820   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
4821   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
4822   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
4823 
4824 public:
4825   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
4826                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
4827                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
4828                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
4829                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
4830                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
4831                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4832                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
4833       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
4834         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
4835         HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
4836         usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
4837         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
4838         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
4839     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
4840     CoveredArgs.reset();
4841   }
4842 
4843   void DoneProcessing();
4844 
4845   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4846                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
4847 
4848   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4849                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4850                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4851                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4852                            unsigned DiagID);
4853 
4854   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4855                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4856                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4857 
4858   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
4859                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4860                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
4861 
4862   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4863 
4864   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
4865                              unsigned specifierLen,
4866                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
4867 
4868   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
4869 
4870   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
4871 
4872   template <typename Range>
4873   static void
4874   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
4875                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4876                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4877                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4878 
4879 protected:
4880   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
4881                                         const char *startSpec,
4882                                         unsigned specifierLen,
4883                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
4884 
4885   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
4886                                          const char *startSpec,
4887                                          unsigned specifierLen);
4888 
4889   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
4890   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
4891                                     unsigned specifierLen);
4892   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
4893 
4894   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
4895 
4896   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4897                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4898                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
4899                     unsigned argIndex);
4900 
4901   template <typename Range>
4902   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
4903                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
4904                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
4905 };
4906 } // end anonymous namespace
4907 
4908 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
4909   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
4910 }
4911 
4912 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
4913 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4914   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
4915   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
4916 
4917   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
4918   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
4919 
4920   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
4921 }
4922 
4923 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
4924   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
4925                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
4926 }
4927 
4928 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
4929                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
4930   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
4931                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
4932                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4933                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4934 }
4935 
4936 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
4937     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4938     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
4939     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
4940   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4941 
4942   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4943   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4944 
4945   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4946   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4947   if (FixedLM) {
4948     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4949                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4950                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4951                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4952 
4953     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4954       << FixedLM->toString()
4955       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4956 
4957   } else {
4958     FixItHint Hint;
4959     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
4960       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
4961 
4962     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
4963                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4964                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4965                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
4966                          Hint);
4967   }
4968 }
4969 
4970 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
4971     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
4972     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
4973   using namespace analyze_format_string;
4974 
4975   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
4976   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
4977 
4978   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
4979   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
4980   if (FixedLM) {
4981     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4982                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4983                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4984                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4985                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4986 
4987     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
4988       << FixedLM->toString()
4989       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
4990 
4991   } else {
4992     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
4993                            << LM.toString() << 0,
4994                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
4995                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
4996                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
4997   }
4998 }
4999 
5000 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5001     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5002     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5003   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5004 
5005   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
5006   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
5007   if (FixedCS) {
5008     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5009                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5010                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5011                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5012                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5013 
5014     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5015     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5016       << FixedCS->toString()
5017       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
5018   } else {
5019     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5020                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5021                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5022                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5023                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5024   }
5025 }
5026 
5027 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
5028                                         unsigned posLen) {
5029   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
5030                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5031                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5032                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5033 }
5034 
5035 void
5036 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
5037                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
5038   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
5039                          << (unsigned) p,
5040                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5041                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5042 }
5043 
5044 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
5045                                             unsigned posLen) {
5046   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
5047                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5048                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5049                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5050 }
5051 
5052 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
5053   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
5054     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
5055     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5056       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
5057       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5058       getFormatStringRange());
5059   }
5060 }
5061 
5062 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
5063 // one of the argument expressions.
5064 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
5065   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
5066 }
5067 
5068 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
5069   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
5070   // format conversions in the format string?
5071   if (!HasVAListArg) {
5072       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
5073     CoveredArgs.flip();
5074     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
5075     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
5076       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
5077       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
5078     } else {
5079       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5080     }
5081   }
5082 }
5083 
5084 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
5085                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5086   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
5087          "Invalid state");
5088 
5089   if (!ArgExpr)
5090     return;
5091 
5092   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
5093 
5094   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
5095     return;
5096 
5097   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
5098   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
5099     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
5100 
5101   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5102                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
5103                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5104                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
5105 }
5106 
5107 bool
5108 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
5109                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5110                                                      const char *startSpec,
5111                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
5112                                                      const char *csStart,
5113                                                      unsigned csLen) {
5114   bool keepGoing = true;
5115   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5116     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
5117     // make sense.
5118     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5119   }
5120   else {
5121     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
5122     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
5123     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
5124     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
5125     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
5126     keepGoing = false;
5127   }
5128 
5129   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
5130 
5131   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
5132   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
5133   // hex value.
5134   std::string CodePointStr;
5135   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
5136     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
5137     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
5138     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
5139         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
5140     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
5141         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
5142 
5143     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
5144       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
5145       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
5146     }
5147 
5148     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
5149     if (CodePoint < 256)
5150       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
5151     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
5152       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
5153     else
5154       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
5155     OS.flush();
5156     Specifier = CodePointStr;
5157   }
5158 
5159   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5160       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
5161       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5162 
5163   return keepGoing;
5164 }
5165 
5166 void
5167 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5168                                                       const char *startSpec,
5169                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5170   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5171     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
5172     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5173 }
5174 
5175 bool
5176 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
5177   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5178   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5179   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
5180 
5181   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5182     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
5183       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
5184            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
5185       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
5186     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5187       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5188       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5189 
5190     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
5191     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
5192     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5193     return false;
5194   }
5195   return true;
5196 }
5197 
5198 template<typename Range>
5199 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
5200                                               SourceLocation Loc,
5201                                               bool IsStringLocation,
5202                                               Range StringRange,
5203                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5204   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
5205                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
5206 }
5207 
5208 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
5209 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
5210 ///
5211 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
5212 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
5213 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
5214 ///
5215 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
5216 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
5217 /// diagnostics are emitted.
5218 ///
5219 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
5220 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
5221 /// to diagnostics.
5222 ///
5223 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
5224 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
5225 /// the other one.
5226 ///
5227 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
5228 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
5229 /// be used with PDiag.
5230 ///
5231 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
5232 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
5233 ///
5234 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
5235 template <typename Range>
5236 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5237     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5238     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
5239     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5240   if (InFunctionCall) {
5241     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
5242     D << StringRange;
5243     D << FixIt;
5244   } else {
5245     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
5246       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
5247 
5248     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
5249       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
5250              diag::note_format_string_defined);
5251 
5252     Note << StringRange;
5253     Note << FixIt;
5254   }
5255 }
5256 
5257 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5258 
5259 namespace {
5260 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5261 public:
5262   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5263                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5264                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5265                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
5266                      bool hasVAListArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5267                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5268                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5269                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5270                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5271       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
5272                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
5273                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5274                            UncoveredArg) {}
5275 
5276   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
5277 
5278   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
5279   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
5280     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
5281            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
5282   }
5283 
5284   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5285                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5286                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5287                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5288 
5289   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5290                              const char *startSpecifier,
5291                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5292   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5293                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5294                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5295                        const Expr *E);
5296 
5297   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5298                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5299   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5300                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5301                            unsigned type,
5302                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5303   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5304                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5305                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5306   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5307                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5308                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5309                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5310   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5311                            const Expr *E);
5312 
5313   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5314                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5315 
5316   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5317                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5318 
5319   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5320                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5321                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5322                                              override;
5323 };
5324 } // end anonymous namespace
5325 
5326 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5327                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5328                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5329                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5330   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5331     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5332 
5333   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5334                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5335                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5336                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5337 }
5338 
5339 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5340                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5341                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5342                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5343   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5344     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5345       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5346       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5347         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5348                                << k,
5349                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5350                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5351                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5352         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5353         // spurious errors.
5354         return false;
5355       }
5356 
5357       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5358       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5359       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5360       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5361       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5362       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5363       if (!Arg)
5364         return false;
5365 
5366       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5367 
5368       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5369       assert(AT.isValid());
5370 
5371       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5372         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5373                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5374                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5375                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5376                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5377                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5378         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5379         // spurious errors.
5380         return false;
5381       }
5382     }
5383   }
5384   return true;
5385 }
5386 
5387 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5388                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5389                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5390                                       unsigned type,
5391                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5392                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5393   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5394     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5395 
5396   FixItHint fixit =
5397     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5398       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5399                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5400       : FixItHint();
5401 
5402   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5403                          << type << CS.toString(),
5404                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5405                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5406                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5407                        fixit);
5408 }
5409 
5410 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5411                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5412                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5413                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5414   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5415   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5416     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5417   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5418                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5419                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5420                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5421                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5422                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5423                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5424 }
5425 
5426 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5427                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5428                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5429                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5430                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5431                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5432   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5433   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5434                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5435                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5436                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5437                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5438                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5439                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5440 }
5441 
5442 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5443 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5444 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5445 
5446 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5447                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5448   // Warn about an empty flag.
5449   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5450                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5451                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5452                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5453 }
5454 
5455 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5456                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5457   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5458   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5459   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5460   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5461                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5462                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5463                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5464 }
5465 
5466 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5467     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5468     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5469     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5470     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5471     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5472                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5473                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5474                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5475 }
5476 
5477 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5478 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5479 // "c_str()").
5480 template<typename MemberKind>
5481 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5482 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5483   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5484   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5485 
5486   if (!RT)
5487     return Results;
5488   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5489   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5490     return Results;
5491 
5492   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5493                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5494   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5495 
5496   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5497   // filter, at this point.
5498   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5499     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5500       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5501       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5502         Results.insert(FK);
5503     }
5504   return Results;
5505 }
5506 
5507 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5508 ///
5509 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5510 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5511 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5512   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5513   MethodSet Results =
5514       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5515   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5516        MI != ME; ++MI)
5517     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5518       return true;
5519   return false;
5520 }
5521 
5522 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5523 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5524 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5525 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5526     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5527   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5528 
5529   MethodSet Results =
5530       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5531 
5532   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5533        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5534     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5535     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5536         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5537       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5538       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5539       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5540           << "c_str()"
5541           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5542       return true;
5543     }
5544   }
5545 
5546   return false;
5547 }
5548 
5549 bool
5550 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5551                                             &FS,
5552                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5553                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5554   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5555   using namespace analyze_printf;
5556   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5557 
5558   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5559     if (atFirstArg) {
5560         atFirstArg = false;
5561         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5562     }
5563     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5564       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5565                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5566       return false;
5567     }
5568   }
5569 
5570   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5571   // have matching data arguments.
5572   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5573                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5574     return false;
5575   }
5576 
5577   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5578                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5579     return false;
5580   }
5581 
5582   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5583     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5584     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5585     return true;
5586   }
5587 
5588   // Consume the argument.
5589   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5590   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5591     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5592     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5593     // function if we encounter some other error.
5594     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5595   }
5596 
5597   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5598   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5599       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5600     // We need at least two arguments.
5601     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5602       return false;
5603 
5604     // Claim the second argument.
5605     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5606 
5607     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5608     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5609     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5610       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5611         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5612     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5613       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5614         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5615         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5616         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5617         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5618         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5619 
5620     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5621     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5622     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5623     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5624       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5625         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5626         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5627         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5628         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5629         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5630 
5631      return true;
5632   }
5633 
5634   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5635   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5636   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5637     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5638                                                   specifierLen);
5639   }
5640 
5641   // %P can only be used with os_log.
5642   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
5643     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5644                                                   specifierLen);
5645   }
5646 
5647   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
5648   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
5649     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
5650                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5651                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5652                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5653 
5654     return true;
5655   }
5656 
5657   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
5658   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
5659       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
5660        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
5661        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
5662     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5663                                                   specifierLen);
5664   }
5665 
5666   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
5667   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
5668     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
5669       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5670                                << "public",
5671                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
5672                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5673                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5674     }
5675     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
5676       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5677                                << "private",
5678                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
5679                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5680                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5681     }
5682   }
5683 
5684   // Check for invalid use of field width
5685   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
5686     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5687         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5688   }
5689 
5690   // Check for invalid use of precision
5691   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
5692     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5693         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5694   }
5695 
5696   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
5697   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
5698       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
5699     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
5700                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
5701                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5702                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5703   }
5704 
5705   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
5706   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
5707     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5708   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
5709     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5710   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
5711     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5712   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
5713     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5714   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
5715     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5716   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
5717     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5718 
5719   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
5720   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
5721     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
5722         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5723   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
5724     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
5725             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5726 
5727   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
5728   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
5729     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5730                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
5731   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
5732     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5733   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
5734     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5735                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
5736 
5737   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
5738     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5739 
5740   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
5741   if (HasVAListArg)
5742     return true;
5743 
5744   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
5745     return false;
5746 
5747   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5748   if (!Arg)
5749     return true;
5750 
5751   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
5752 }
5753 
5754 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
5755   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
5756   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
5757   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
5758   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
5759   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
5760     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
5761 
5762   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
5763   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
5764   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
5765   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
5766   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
5767   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
5768   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
5769   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
5770   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
5771   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
5772   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
5773   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
5774   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
5775   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
5776   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
5777   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
5778   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
5779   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
5780   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
5781   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
5782   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
5783   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
5784     return false;
5785   default:
5786     return true;
5787   }
5788 }
5789 
5790 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
5791 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
5792                        QualType IntendedTy,
5793                        const Expr *E) {
5794   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
5795   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
5796   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5797     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
5798     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
5799       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
5800       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
5801       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
5802       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
5803       .Default(QualType());
5804 
5805     if (!CastTy.isNull())
5806       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
5807 
5808     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
5809   }
5810 
5811   // Strip parens if necessary.
5812   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
5813     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5814                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5815                                   PE->getSubExpr());
5816 
5817   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
5818   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
5819   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
5820   // Co. usage condition.
5821   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
5822     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
5823     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
5824 
5825     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
5826       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5827                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
5828                              CO->getTrueExpr());
5829     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
5830       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
5831                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
5832                              CO->getFalseExpr());
5833 
5834     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
5835       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5836     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
5837       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
5838     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
5839       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
5840   }
5841 
5842   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
5843 }
5844 
5845 bool
5846 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5847                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
5848                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
5849                                     const Expr *E) {
5850   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5851   using namespace analyze_printf;
5852   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
5853   // format specifier.
5854   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
5855   if (!AT.isValid())
5856     return true;
5857 
5858   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
5859   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
5860     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
5861   }
5862 
5863   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
5864 
5865   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
5866     return true;
5867   }
5868 
5869   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
5870   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
5871   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
5872   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
5873   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5874     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
5875         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
5876       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
5877       ExprTy = E->getType();
5878 
5879       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
5880       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
5881       // function.
5882       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
5883           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
5884         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
5885         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
5886           return true;
5887       }
5888     }
5889   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
5890     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
5891     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
5892     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
5893     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
5894       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
5895         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
5896   }
5897 
5898   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
5899   bool IsEnum = false;
5900   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
5901     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5902     IsEnum = true;
5903   }
5904 
5905   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
5906   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
5907   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
5908   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
5909   if (isObjCContext() &&
5910       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
5911     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
5912         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
5913       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
5914       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
5915       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5916 
5917       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
5918       // to be within the valid range.
5919       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
5920         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
5921         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
5922           return true;
5923       }
5924 
5925       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
5926                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
5927       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
5928         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
5929         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
5930           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
5931             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
5932       }
5933     }
5934   }
5935 
5936   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
5937   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
5938   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
5939   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
5940     QualType CastTy;
5941     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
5942     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
5943       IntendedTy = CastTy;
5944       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
5945     }
5946   }
5947 
5948   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
5949   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
5950   bool success =
5951       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
5952 
5953   if (success) {
5954     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
5955     SmallString<16> buf;
5956     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
5957     fixedFS.toString(os);
5958 
5959     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
5960 
5961     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
5962       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
5963       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
5964         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
5965       }
5966       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
5967       // the argument.
5968       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
5969                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5970                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
5971                            E->getLocStart(),
5972                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
5973                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5974     } else {
5975       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
5976       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
5977       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
5978       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
5979       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
5980       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
5981       // if necessary).
5982       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
5983       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
5984       CastFix << "(";
5985       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5986       CastFix << ")";
5987 
5988       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
5989       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
5990         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
5991 
5992       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
5993         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
5994         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
5995         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
5996 
5997       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
5998         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
5999         // just write the C-style cast.
6000         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6001                                                    CastFix.str()));
6002       } else {
6003         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
6004         CastFix << "(";
6005         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6006                                                    CastFix.str()));
6007 
6008         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
6009         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
6010       }
6011 
6012       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6013         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
6014         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
6015         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
6016         StringRef Name;
6017         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
6018           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
6019         else
6020           Name = CastTyName;
6021         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
6022                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
6023                                << E->getSourceRange(),
6024                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
6025                              SpecRange, Hints);
6026       } else {
6027         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
6028         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
6029         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
6030         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6031           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
6032             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
6033             << E->getSourceRange(),
6034           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6035           SpecRange, Hints);
6036       }
6037     }
6038   } else {
6039     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
6040                                                    SpecifierLen);
6041     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
6042     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
6043     // arguments here.
6044     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
6045     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
6046     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
6047       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6048       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6049         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6050       }
6051 
6052       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6053           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
6054                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
6055           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
6056       break;
6057     }
6058     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
6059     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
6060       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6061         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
6062           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6063           << ExprTy
6064           << CallType
6065           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6066           << CSR
6067           << E->getSourceRange(),
6068         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6069       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
6070       break;
6071 
6072     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
6073       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
6074         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6075           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
6076             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6077             << ExprTy
6078             << CallType
6079             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6080             << CSR
6081             << E->getSourceRange(),
6082           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6083       else
6084         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
6085         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
6086         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
6087           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
6088           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6089           << E->getSourceRange();
6090       break;
6091     }
6092 
6093     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
6094            "format string specifier index out of range");
6095     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
6096   }
6097 
6098   return true;
6099 }
6100 
6101 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
6102 
6103 namespace {
6104 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6105 public:
6106   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6107                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
6108                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
6109                     const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
6110                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6111                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6112                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6113                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6114       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6115                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
6116                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6117                            UncoveredArg) {}
6118 
6119   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6120                             const char *startSpecifier,
6121                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
6122 
6123   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6124           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6125           const char *startSpecifier,
6126           unsigned specifierLen) override;
6127 
6128   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
6129 };
6130 } // end anonymous namespace
6131 
6132 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
6133                                                  const char *end) {
6134   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
6135                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6136                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
6137 }
6138 
6139 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6140                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6141                                         const char *startSpecifier,
6142                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
6143 
6144   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6145     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6146 
6147   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6148                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6149                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6150                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6151 }
6152 
6153 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
6154                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6155                                        const char *startSpecifier,
6156                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
6157   using namespace analyze_scanf;
6158   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6159 
6160   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6161 
6162   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
6163   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
6164   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6165     if (atFirstArg) {
6166       atFirstArg = false;
6167       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
6168     }
6169     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
6170       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6171                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6172       return false;
6173     }
6174   }
6175 
6176   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
6177   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
6178   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
6179     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
6180       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6181                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
6182       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
6183                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6184                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
6185                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
6186     }
6187   }
6188 
6189   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6190     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
6191     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
6192     return true;
6193   }
6194 
6195   // Consume the argument.
6196   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
6197   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6198       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
6199       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
6200       // function if we encounter some other error.
6201     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6202   }
6203 
6204   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6205   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6206     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6207                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6208   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6209     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6210   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6211     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6212                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6213 
6214   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6215     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6216 
6217   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6218   if (HasVAListArg)
6219     return true;
6220 
6221   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6222     return false;
6223 
6224   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
6225   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
6226   if (!Ex)
6227     return true;
6228 
6229   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
6230 
6231   if (!AT.isValid()) {
6232     return true;
6233   }
6234 
6235   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
6236       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
6237   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
6238     return true;
6239   }
6240 
6241   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6242   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
6243                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
6244 
6245   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6246   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6247     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6248   }
6249 
6250   if (success) {
6251     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
6252     SmallString<128> buf;
6253     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6254     fixedFS.toString(os);
6255 
6256     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6257         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6258                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6259         Ex->getLocStart(),
6260         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6261         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6262         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6263             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
6264   } else {
6265     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6266                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6267                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6268                          Ex->getLocStart(),
6269                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6270                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6271   }
6272 
6273   return true;
6274 }
6275 
6276 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
6277                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6278                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6279                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6280                               unsigned firstDataArg,
6281                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
6282                               bool inFunctionCall,
6283                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6284                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6285                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
6286   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
6287   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
6288     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6289       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6290       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6291       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6292     return;
6293   }
6294 
6295   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6296   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6297   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6298   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6299   const ConstantArrayType *T =
6300     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6301   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6302   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6303   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6304   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
6305 
6306   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
6307   // embedded null character.
6308   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
6309       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
6310     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6311         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6312         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
6313         FExpr->getLocStart(),
6314         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6315     return;
6316   }
6317 
6318   // CHECK: empty format string?
6319   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6320     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6321       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6322       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6323       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6324     return;
6325   }
6326 
6327   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6328       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6329       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6330     CheckPrintfHandler H(
6331         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6332         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str,
6333         HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
6334         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6335 
6336     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6337                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6338                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6339                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6340       H.DoneProcessing();
6341   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6342     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
6343                         numDataArgs, Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6344                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6345 
6346     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6347                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6348                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6349       H.DoneProcessing();
6350   } // TODO: handle other formats
6351 }
6352 
6353 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6354   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6355   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6356   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6357   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6358   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6359   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6360   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6361   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6362   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6363                                                          getLangOpts(),
6364                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6365 }
6366 
6367 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6368 
6369 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6370 // does not exist.
6371 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6372   switch (AbsFunction) {
6373   default:
6374     return 0;
6375 
6376   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6377     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6378   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6379     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6380   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6381     return 0;
6382 
6383   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6384     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6385   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6386     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6387   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6388     return 0;
6389 
6390   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6391     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6392   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6393     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6394   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6395     return 0;
6396 
6397   case Builtin::BIabs:
6398     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6399   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6400     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6401   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6402     return 0;
6403 
6404   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6405     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6406   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6407     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6408   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6409     return 0;
6410 
6411   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6412    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6413   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6414     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6415   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6416     return 0;
6417   }
6418 }
6419 
6420 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6421 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6422                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6423   if (AbsType == 0)
6424     return QualType();
6425 
6426   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6427   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6428   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6429     return QualType();
6430 
6431   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6432   if (!FT)
6433     return QualType();
6434 
6435   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6436     return QualType();
6437 
6438   return FT->getParamType(0);
6439 }
6440 
6441 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6442 // current absolute value function.
6443 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6444                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6445   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6446   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6447   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6448        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6449     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6450     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6451       if (BestKind == 0)
6452         BestKind = Kind;
6453       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6454         BestKind = Kind;
6455         break;
6456       }
6457     }
6458   }
6459   return BestKind;
6460 }
6461 
6462 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6463   AVK_Integer,
6464   AVK_Floating,
6465   AVK_Complex
6466 };
6467 
6468 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6469   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6470     return AVK_Integer;
6471   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6472     return AVK_Floating;
6473   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6474     return AVK_Complex;
6475 
6476   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6477 }
6478 
6479 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6480 // the function is a builtin.
6481 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6482                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6483   switch (ValueKind) {
6484   case AVK_Integer:
6485     switch (AbsKind) {
6486     default:
6487       return 0;
6488     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6489     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6490     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6491     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6492     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6493     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6494       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6495     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6496     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6497     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6498     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6499     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6500     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6501       return Builtin::BIabs;
6502     }
6503   case AVK_Floating:
6504     switch (AbsKind) {
6505     default:
6506       return 0;
6507     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6508     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6509     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6510     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6511     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6512     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6513       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6514     case Builtin::BIabs:
6515     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6516     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6517     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6518     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6519     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6520       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6521     }
6522   case AVK_Complex:
6523     switch (AbsKind) {
6524     default:
6525       return 0;
6526     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6527     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6528     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6529     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6530     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6531     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6532       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6533     case Builtin::BIabs:
6534     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6535     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6536     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6537     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6538     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6539       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6540     }
6541   }
6542   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6543 }
6544 
6545 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6546   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6547   if (!FnInfo)
6548     return 0;
6549 
6550   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6551   default:
6552     return 0;
6553   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6554   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6555   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6556   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6557   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6558   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6559   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6560   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6561   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6562   case Builtin::BIabs:
6563   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6564   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6565   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6566   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6567   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6568   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6569   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6570   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6571     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6572   }
6573   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6574 }
6575 
6576 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6577 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6578 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6579                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6580   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6581   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6582   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6583   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6584     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6585     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6586       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6587     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6588       HeaderName = "cmath";
6589     } else {
6590       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6591     }
6592 
6593     // Lookup all std::abs
6594     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6595       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6596       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6597       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6598 
6599       for (const auto *I : R) {
6600         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6601         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6602           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6603         } else {
6604           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6605         }
6606         if (!FDecl)
6607           continue;
6608 
6609         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6610         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6611           continue;
6612 
6613         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6614         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6615         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6616             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6617                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6618           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6619           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6620           break;
6621         }
6622       }
6623     }
6624   } else {
6625     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6626     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6627 
6628     if (HeaderName) {
6629       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6630       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6631       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6632       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6633 
6634       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6635         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6636         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6637           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6638         } else {
6639           return;
6640         }
6641       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6642         return;
6643       }
6644     }
6645   }
6646 
6647   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6648       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6649 
6650   if (!HeaderName)
6651     return;
6652 
6653   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6654     return;
6655 
6656   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6657                                                     << FunctionName;
6658 }
6659 
6660 static bool IsFunctionStdAbs(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6661   if (!FDecl)
6662     return false;
6663 
6664   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr("abs"))
6665     return false;
6666 
6667   const NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext());
6668 
6669   while (ND && ND->isInlineNamespace()) {
6670     ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext());
6671   }
6672 
6673   if (!ND || !ND->getIdentifier() || !ND->getIdentifier()->isStr("std"))
6674     return false;
6675 
6676   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
6677     return false;
6678 
6679   return true;
6680 }
6681 
6682 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
6683 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
6684                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6685                                       IdentifierInfo *FnInfo) {
6686   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
6687     return;
6688 
6689   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
6690   bool IsStdAbs = IsFunctionStdAbs(FDecl);
6691   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
6692     return;
6693 
6694   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6695   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
6696 
6697   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
6698   // function call.
6699   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
6700     const char *FunctionName =
6701         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6702     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
6703     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
6704         << FunctionName
6705         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
6706     return;
6707   }
6708 
6709   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
6710   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
6711   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
6712     unsigned DiagType = 0;
6713     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
6714       DiagType = 1;
6715     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
6716       DiagType = 2;
6717 
6718     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
6719     return;
6720   }
6721 
6722   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
6723   // from occurring.
6724   if (IsStdAbs)
6725     return;
6726 
6727   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
6728   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
6729 
6730   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
6731   // size.
6732   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
6733     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
6734       return;
6735 
6736     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
6737     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
6738         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
6739 
6740     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6741       return;
6742 
6743     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6744                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6745     return;
6746   }
6747 
6748   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
6749   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
6750   // proper one.
6751   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
6752   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
6753   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
6754     return;
6755 
6756   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
6757       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
6758 
6759   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
6760                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
6761 }
6762 
6763 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
6764 
6765 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
6766 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
6767 ///
6768 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
6769 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
6770                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
6771                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
6772                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6773   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6774   if (!Size)
6775     return false;
6776 
6777   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
6778   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
6779     return false;
6780 
6781   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
6782   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
6783       << SizeRange << FnName;
6784   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
6785       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6786                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
6787       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
6788   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
6789       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
6790       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
6791                                     ")");
6792 
6793   return true;
6794 }
6795 
6796 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
6797 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
6798 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
6799                                                      bool &IsContained) {
6800   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
6801   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6802   IsContained = false;
6803 
6804   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6805   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
6806   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
6807     return nullptr;
6808 
6809   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
6810     return RD;
6811 
6812   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
6813   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
6814   // infinite recursion is impossible.
6815   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6816     bool SubContained;
6817     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6818             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
6819       IsContained = true;
6820       return ContainedRD;
6821     }
6822   }
6823 
6824   return nullptr;
6825 }
6826 
6827 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
6828 /// otherwise returns NULL.
6829 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
6830   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6831       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6832     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
6833       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6834 
6835   return nullptr;
6836 }
6837 
6838 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
6839 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
6840   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
6841       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
6842     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
6843       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
6844 
6845   return QualType();
6846 }
6847 
6848 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
6849 ///
6850 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
6851 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
6852 /// function calls.
6853 ///
6854 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
6855 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6856                                    unsigned BId,
6857                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
6858   assert(BId != 0);
6859 
6860   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
6861   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
6862   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
6863       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
6864   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
6865     return;
6866 
6867   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
6868                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6869   unsigned LenArg =
6870       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
6871   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6872 
6873   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
6874                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
6875     return;
6876 
6877   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
6878   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
6879   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
6880   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
6881 
6882   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
6883   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
6884   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
6885   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6886   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
6887     return;
6888 
6889   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
6890     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6891     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
6892 
6893     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
6894     QualType PointeeTy;
6895     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6896       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
6897 
6898       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
6899       // false positives.
6900       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
6901         continue;
6902 
6903       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
6904       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
6905       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
6906       // enabled.
6907       if (SizeOfArg &&
6908           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
6909                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
6910         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
6911         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
6912         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
6913           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
6914         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
6915         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
6916         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
6917           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
6918           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
6919           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
6920           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
6921 
6922           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
6923             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
6924               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
6925           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
6926               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
6927             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
6928                            // suggest an explicit length.
6929 
6930           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
6931           // expansion.
6932           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
6933           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
6934           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
6935           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
6936 
6937           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
6938             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
6939             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
6940             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
6941                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
6942             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
6943                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
6944           }
6945 
6946           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6947                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
6948                                 << ReadableName
6949                                 << PointeeTy
6950                                 << DestTy
6951                                 << DSR
6952                                 << SSR);
6953           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
6954                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
6955                                 << ActionIdx
6956                                 << SSR);
6957 
6958           break;
6959         }
6960       }
6961 
6962       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
6963       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
6964       // record type.
6965       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
6966         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
6967             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
6968           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
6969                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
6970                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
6971                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
6972                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
6973           break;
6974         }
6975       }
6976     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
6977       PointeeTy = DestTy;
6978     }
6979 
6980     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
6981       continue;
6982 
6983     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
6984     bool IsContained;
6985     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
6986             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
6987 
6988       unsigned OperationType = 0;
6989       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
6990       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
6991       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
6992         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
6993           OperationType = 1;
6994         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
6995           OperationType = 2;
6996         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
6997           OperationType = 3;
6998       }
6999 
7000       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7001         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7002         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
7003           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
7004           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
7005           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7006     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
7007              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
7008       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7009         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7010         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
7011           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
7012           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7013     else
7014       continue;
7015 
7016     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7017       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7018       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
7019         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
7020     break;
7021   }
7022 }
7023 
7024 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
7025 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
7026 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
7027 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
7028   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
7029 
7030   for (;;) {
7031     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
7032     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
7033       break;
7034 
7035     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7036     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7037 
7038     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
7039       Ex = LHS;
7040     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
7041       Ex = RHS;
7042     else
7043       break;
7044   }
7045 
7046   return Ex;
7047 }
7048 
7049 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
7050                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
7051   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
7052   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
7053     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
7054     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
7055       return false;
7056   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
7057     return false;
7058   }
7059   return true;
7060 }
7061 
7062 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
7063 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
7064 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7065                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7066 
7067   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
7068   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
7069   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
7070     return;
7071 
7072   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
7073   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
7074   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
7075 
7076   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
7077                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7078     return;
7079 
7080   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
7081   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
7082     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
7083   else {
7084     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
7085     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
7086       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
7087           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
7088         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
7089     }
7090   }
7091 
7092   if (!CompareWithSrc)
7093     return;
7094 
7095   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
7096   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
7097   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
7098   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
7099   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
7100   if (!SrcArgDRE)
7101     return;
7102 
7103   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
7104   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
7105       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
7106     return;
7107 
7108   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
7109   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7110     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
7111 
7112   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
7113   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
7114   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
7115   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
7116   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7117   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
7118     return;
7119 
7120   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7121   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7122   OS << "sizeof(";
7123   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7124   OS << ")";
7125 
7126   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7127     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
7128                                     OS.str());
7129 }
7130 
7131 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
7132 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
7133   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
7134     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
7135       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
7136   return false;
7137 }
7138 
7139 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7140   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
7141     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
7142     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
7143       return nullptr;
7144     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7145   }
7146   return nullptr;
7147 }
7148 
7149 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
7150 // The correct size argument should look like following:
7151 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
7152 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
7153                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7154   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
7155   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
7156     return;
7157   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7158   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7159   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7160 
7161   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
7162                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
7163     return;
7164 
7165   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
7166   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
7167   unsigned PatternType = 0;
7168   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
7169     // - sizeof(dst)
7170     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
7171       PatternType = 1;
7172     // - sizeof(src)
7173     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
7174       PatternType = 2;
7175   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
7176     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
7177       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7178       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7179       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
7180       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
7181           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
7182         PatternType = 1;
7183       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
7184       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
7185         PatternType = 2;
7186     }
7187   }
7188 
7189   if (PatternType == 0)
7190     return;
7191 
7192   // Generate the diagnostic.
7193   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
7194   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
7195   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7196 
7197   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
7198   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7199     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7200     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
7201                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
7202   }
7203 
7204   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
7205   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
7206   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
7207                                                                     Context);
7208   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
7209     if (PatternType == 1)
7210       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
7211     else
7212       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7213     return;
7214   }
7215 
7216   if (PatternType == 1)
7217     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
7218   else
7219     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7220 
7221   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7222   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7223   OS << "sizeof(";
7224   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7225   OS << ") - ";
7226   OS << "strlen(";
7227   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7228   OS << ") - 1";
7229 
7230   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
7231     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
7232 }
7233 
7234 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
7235 
7236 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7237                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7238                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
7239 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7240                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7241                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
7242 
7243 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
7244 ///   of a stack variable.
7245 static void
7246 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7247                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
7248 
7249   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
7250   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
7251 
7252   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
7253   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
7254   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
7255       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
7256     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7257   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
7258     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7259   }
7260 
7261   if (!stackE)
7262     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
7263 
7264   // Parameters are initalized in the calling scope, so taking the address
7265   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
7266   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
7267     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
7268       return;
7269 
7270   SourceLocation diagLoc;
7271   SourceRange diagRange;
7272   if (refVars.empty()) {
7273     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
7274     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
7275   } else {
7276     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
7277     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
7278     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
7279     // reference variables using notes.
7280     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
7281     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
7282   }
7283 
7284   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
7285     // address of local var
7286     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
7287      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
7288   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
7289     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
7290   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
7291     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
7292   } else { // local temporary.
7293     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
7294     // reference type is used, not the reference.
7295     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
7296       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
7297         return;
7298       }
7299     }
7300     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
7301      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
7302   }
7303 
7304   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
7305   // found the problematic expression using notes.
7306   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7307     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
7308     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
7309     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
7310     // show the range of the expression.
7311     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
7312                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
7313     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
7314         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
7315   }
7316 }
7317 
7318 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7319 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7320 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7321 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7322 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7323 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7324 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7325 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7326 ///
7327 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7328 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7329 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7330 ///
7331 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7332 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7333 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7334 ///  expressions.
7335 ///
7336 ///  This implementation handles:
7337 ///
7338 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7339 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7340 ///   * taking the address of fields
7341 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7342 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7343 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7344 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7345                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7346                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7347   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7348     return nullptr;
7349 
7350   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7351   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7352           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7353           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7354          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7355 
7356   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7357 
7358   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7359   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7360   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7361   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7362   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7363     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7364 
7365     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7366     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7367       return nullptr;
7368 
7369     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7370       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7371       // it points to.
7372       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7373           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7374         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7375         refVars.push_back(DR);
7376         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7377       }
7378 
7379     return nullptr;
7380   }
7381 
7382   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7383     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7384     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7385     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7386 
7387     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7388       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7389     return nullptr;
7390   }
7391 
7392   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7393     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7394     // in this context.
7395     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7396     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7397 
7398     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7399       return nullptr;
7400 
7401     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7402 
7403     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7404     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7405     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7406       Base = B->getRHS();
7407 
7408     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7409     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7410   }
7411 
7412   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7413   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7414   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7415     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7416 
7417     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7418     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7419     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7420       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7421       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7422         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7423           return LHS;
7424     }
7425 
7426     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7427     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7428       return nullptr;
7429 
7430     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7431   }
7432 
7433   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7434     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7435       return E; // local block.
7436     return nullptr;
7437 
7438   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7439     return E; // address of label.
7440 
7441   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7442     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7443                     ParentDecl);
7444 
7445   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7446   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7447   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7448   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7449   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7450   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7451   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7452   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7453   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7454   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7455     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7456     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7457     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7458     case CK_NoOp:
7459     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7460     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7461     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7462     case CK_Dynamic:
7463     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7464     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7465     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7466       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7467 
7468     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7469       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7470 
7471     case CK_BitCast:
7472       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7473           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7474           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7475         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7476       else
7477         return nullptr;
7478 
7479     default:
7480       return nullptr;
7481     }
7482   }
7483 
7484   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7485     if (const Expr *Result =
7486             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7487                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7488       return Result;
7489     return E;
7490 
7491   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7492   default:
7493     return nullptr;
7494   }
7495 }
7496 
7497 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7498 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7499 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7500                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7501                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7502   do {
7503     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7504     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7505     // instead
7506     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7507 
7508     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7509     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7510     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7511 
7512     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7513     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7514     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7515       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7516       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7517         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7518         continue;
7519       }
7520       return nullptr;
7521     }
7522 
7523     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7524       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7525                      ParentDecl);
7526 
7527     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7528       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7529       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7530       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7531       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7532 
7533       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7534       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7535         return nullptr;
7536 
7537       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7538         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7539         if (V == ParentDecl)
7540           return DR;
7541 
7542         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7543           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7544             return DR;
7545 
7546           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7547           // it points to.
7548           if (V->hasInit()) {
7549             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7550             refVars.push_back(DR);
7551             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7552           }
7553         }
7554       }
7555 
7556       return nullptr;
7557     }
7558 
7559     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7560       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7561       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7562       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7563       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7564 
7565       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7566         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7567 
7568       return nullptr;
7569     }
7570 
7571     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7572       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7573       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7574       // has local storage.
7575       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7576       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7577         return nullptr;
7578       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7579     }
7580 
7581     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7582       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7583                       ParentDecl);
7584     }
7585 
7586     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7587       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7588       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7589       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7590 
7591       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7592       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7593         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7594         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7595           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7596             return LHS;
7597       }
7598 
7599       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7600       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7601         return nullptr;
7602 
7603       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7604     }
7605 
7606     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7607     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7608       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7609 
7610       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7611       if (M->isArrow())
7612         return nullptr;
7613 
7614       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
7615       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
7616       // to.
7617       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
7618         return nullptr;
7619 
7620       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7621     }
7622 
7623     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7624       if (const Expr *Result =
7625               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7626                       refVars, ParentDecl))
7627         return Result;
7628       return E;
7629 
7630     default:
7631       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
7632       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
7633       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
7634         return E;
7635 
7636       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7637       return nullptr;
7638     }
7639   } while (true);
7640 }
7641 
7642 void
7643 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7644                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
7645                          bool isObjCMethod,
7646                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
7647                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7648   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
7649 
7650   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
7651   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
7652        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
7653       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7654     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
7655       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
7656 
7657   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
7658   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
7659   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
7660   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
7661   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
7662   if (FD) {
7663     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
7664     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
7665       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
7666         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7667       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
7668           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
7669         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
7670           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
7671     }
7672   }
7673 }
7674 
7675 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
7676 
7677 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
7678 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
7679 /// to do what the programmer intended.
7680 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
7681   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7682   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7683 
7684   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
7685   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
7686   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7687     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7688       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
7689         return;
7690 
7691   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
7692   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
7693   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
7694   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
7695   //  lead to false negatives.
7696   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
7697     if (FLL->isExact())
7698       return;
7699   } else
7700     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
7701       if (FLR->isExact())
7702         return;
7703 
7704   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
7705   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
7706     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
7707       return;
7708 
7709   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
7710     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
7711       return;
7712 
7713   // Emit the diagnostic.
7714   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
7715     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
7716 }
7717 
7718 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
7719 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
7720 
7721 namespace {
7722 
7723 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
7724 /// expression.
7725 struct IntRange {
7726   /// The number of bits active in the int.
7727   unsigned Width;
7728 
7729   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
7730   bool NonNegative;
7731 
7732   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
7733     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
7734   {}
7735 
7736   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
7737   static IntRange forBoolType() {
7738     return IntRange(1, true);
7739   }
7740 
7741   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
7742   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
7743     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
7744                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
7745   }
7746 
7747   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
7748   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7749     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7750 
7751     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7752       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7753     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7754       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7755     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7756       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7757 
7758     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
7759     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
7760       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
7761       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
7762         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
7763 
7764       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
7765       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
7766 
7767       if (NumNegative == 0)
7768         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
7769       else
7770         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
7771                         false/*NonNegative*/);
7772     }
7773 
7774     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7775     assert(BT->isInteger());
7776 
7777     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7778   }
7779 
7780   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
7781   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
7782   ///
7783   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
7784   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
7785   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
7786     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
7787 
7788     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
7789       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7790     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
7791       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
7792     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
7793       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
7794     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
7795       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
7796 
7797     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
7798     assert(BT->isInteger());
7799 
7800     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
7801   }
7802 
7803   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
7804   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7805     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
7806                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
7807   }
7808 
7809   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
7810   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
7811     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
7812                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
7813   }
7814 };
7815 
7816 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7817   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
7818     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
7819 
7820   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
7821     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
7822 
7823   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
7824   // signedness.
7825   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
7826 }
7827 
7828 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
7829                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
7830   if (result.isInt())
7831     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
7832 
7833   if (result.isVector()) {
7834     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
7835     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
7836       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
7837       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
7838     }
7839     return R;
7840   }
7841 
7842   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
7843     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
7844     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
7845     return IntRange::join(R, I);
7846   }
7847 
7848   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
7849   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
7850   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
7851   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
7852   // preserved this.
7853   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
7854   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
7855 }
7856 
7857 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
7858   QualType Ty = E->getType();
7859   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
7860     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
7861   return Ty;
7862 }
7863 
7864 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
7865 /// range of values it might take.
7866 ///
7867 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
7868 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
7869   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7870 
7871   // Try a full evaluation first.
7872   Expr::EvalResult result;
7873   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
7874     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
7875 
7876   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
7877   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
7878   // being of the new, wider type.
7879   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7880     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7881       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
7882 
7883     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
7884 
7885     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
7886                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7887 
7888     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
7889     if (!isIntegerCast)
7890       return OutputTypeRange;
7891 
7892     IntRange SubRange
7893       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
7894                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
7895 
7896     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
7897     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
7898       return OutputTypeRange;
7899 
7900     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
7901     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
7902     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
7903                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
7904   }
7905 
7906   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7907     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
7908     bool CondResult;
7909     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
7910       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
7911                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
7912                           MaxWidth);
7913 
7914     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
7915     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
7916     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
7917     return IntRange::join(L, R);
7918   }
7919 
7920   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7921     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
7922 
7923     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
7924     case BO_LAnd:
7925     case BO_LOr:
7926     case BO_LT:
7927     case BO_GT:
7928     case BO_LE:
7929     case BO_GE:
7930     case BO_EQ:
7931     case BO_NE:
7932       return IntRange::forBoolType();
7933 
7934     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
7935     // is not necessarily the same type.
7936     case BO_MulAssign:
7937     case BO_DivAssign:
7938     case BO_RemAssign:
7939     case BO_AddAssign:
7940     case BO_SubAssign:
7941     case BO_XorAssign:
7942     case BO_OrAssign:
7943       // TODO: bitfields?
7944       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7945 
7946     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
7947     // been coerced to the LHS type.
7948     case BO_Assign:
7949       // TODO: bitfields?
7950       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
7951 
7952     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
7953     case BO_PtrMemD:
7954     case BO_PtrMemI:
7955       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7956 
7957     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
7958     case BO_And:
7959     case BO_AndAssign:
7960       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
7961                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
7962 
7963     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
7964     case BO_Shl:
7965       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
7966       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
7967       if (IntegerLiteral *I
7968             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7969         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
7970           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7971           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
7972         }
7973       }
7974       // fallthrough
7975 
7976     case BO_ShlAssign:
7977       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
7978 
7979     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
7980     case BO_Shr:
7981     case BO_ShrAssign: {
7982       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
7983 
7984       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
7985       // that much.
7986       llvm::APSInt shift;
7987       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
7988           shift.isNonNegative()) {
7989         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
7990         if (zext >= L.Width)
7991           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
7992         else
7993           L.Width -= zext;
7994       }
7995 
7996       return L;
7997     }
7998 
7999     // Comma acts as its right operand.
8000     case BO_Comma:
8001       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8002 
8003     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
8004     case BO_Sub:
8005       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
8006         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8007       break;
8008 
8009     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
8010     // of the LHS.
8011     case BO_Div: {
8012       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8013       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8014       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8015 
8016       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
8017       llvm::APSInt divisor;
8018       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
8019         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
8020         if (log2 >= L.Width)
8021           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8022         else
8023           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
8024         return L;
8025       }
8026 
8027       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
8028       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8029       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8030     }
8031 
8032     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
8033     // either side.
8034     case BO_Rem: {
8035       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8036       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8037       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8038       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8039 
8040       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
8041       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
8042       return meet;
8043     }
8044 
8045     // The default behavior is okay for these.
8046     case BO_Mul:
8047     case BO_Add:
8048     case BO_Xor:
8049     case BO_Or:
8050       break;
8051     }
8052 
8053     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
8054     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
8055     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8056     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8057     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8058   }
8059 
8060   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8061     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
8062     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
8063     case UO_LNot:
8064       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8065 
8066     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8067     case UO_Deref:
8068     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
8069       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8070 
8071     default:
8072       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8073     }
8074   }
8075 
8076   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
8077     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
8078 
8079   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
8080     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
8081                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8082 
8083   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8084 }
8085 
8086 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
8087   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
8088 }
8089 
8090 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8091 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8092 /// target semantics.
8093 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
8094                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8095                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8096   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
8097 
8098   bool ignored;
8099   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8100   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8101 
8102   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
8103 }
8104 
8105 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8106 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8107 /// target semantics.
8108 ///
8109 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
8110 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
8111                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8112                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8113   if (value.isFloat())
8114     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
8115 
8116   if (value.isVector()) {
8117     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
8118       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
8119         return false;
8120     return true;
8121   }
8122 
8123   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
8124   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
8125           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
8126 }
8127 
8128 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8129 
8130 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8131   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
8132   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
8133       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8134     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
8135       return false;
8136 
8137   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
8138   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
8139     return false;
8140 
8141   llvm::APSInt Value;
8142   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
8143 }
8144 
8145 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
8146   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
8147   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8148     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
8149         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
8150       break;
8151     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
8152   }
8153 
8154   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
8155 }
8156 
8157 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8158   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8159   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8160     return;
8161 
8162   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8163   if (E->isValueDependent())
8164     return;
8165 
8166   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8167     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8168       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8169       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8170   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8171     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8172       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8173       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8174   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8175     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8176       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8177       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8178   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8179     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8180       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8181       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8182   }
8183 }
8184 
8185 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
8186                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
8187                                   bool RhsConstant) {
8188   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8189   if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8190     return;
8191 
8192   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
8193   // on the bit ranges.
8194   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
8195   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
8196     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
8197   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
8198   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
8199 
8200   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
8201 
8202   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
8203   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
8204     return;
8205 
8206   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8207   bool IsTrue = true;
8208 
8209   // Used for diagnostic printout.
8210   enum {
8211     LiteralConstant = 0,
8212     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
8213     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
8214   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8215 
8216   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
8217     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
8218     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
8219 
8220     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
8221       return;
8222     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
8223            "comparison with non-integer type");
8224 
8225     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
8226     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
8227 
8228     bool EqualityOnly = false;
8229 
8230     if (CommonSigned) {
8231       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
8232       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8233         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8234         if (ConstantSigned) {
8235           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
8236             return;
8237         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8238           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
8239             return;
8240         }
8241       } else { // !OtherSigned
8242                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8243         // Negative values are out of range.
8244         if (ConstantSigned) {
8245           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8246             return;
8247         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8248           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8249             return;
8250         }
8251       }
8252     } else { // !CommonSigned
8253       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8254         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8255           return;
8256       } else { // OtherSigned
8257         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
8258                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
8259         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
8260         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
8261           return;
8262         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
8263         // cast to CommonT.
8264         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
8265                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
8266             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
8267           return;
8268         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
8269         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
8270         // comparisons will be tautological.
8271         EqualityOnly = true;
8272       }
8273     }
8274 
8275     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
8276 
8277     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
8278       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
8279     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
8280       return;
8281     } else if (RhsConstant) {
8282       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
8283         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8284       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
8285         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8286     } else {
8287       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
8288         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8289       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
8290         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8291     }
8292   } else {
8293     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
8294     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
8295     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
8296     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
8297 
8298     static const struct LinkedConditions {
8299       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8300       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8301       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8302       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8303       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8304       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8305 
8306     } TruthTable = {
8307         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
8308         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
8309         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
8310         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
8311         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
8312         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
8313         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
8314         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
8315       };
8316 
8317     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8318 
8319     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8320     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8321       if (Value == 0) {
8322         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8323             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8324         ConstVal = Zero;
8325       } else if (Value == 1) {
8326         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8327             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8328         ConstVal = One;
8329       } else {
8330         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8331         ConstVal = GT_One;
8332       }
8333     } else {
8334       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8335     }
8336 
8337     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8338 
8339     switch (op) {
8340     case BO_LT:
8341       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8342       break;
8343     case BO_GT:
8344       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8345       break;
8346     case BO_LE:
8347       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8348       break;
8349     case BO_GE:
8350       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8351       break;
8352     case BO_EQ:
8353       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8354       break;
8355     case BO_NE:
8356       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8357       break;
8358     default:
8359       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8360       break;
8361     }
8362 
8363     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8364       IsTrue = false;
8365     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8366       IsTrue = true;
8367     } else {
8368       return;
8369     }
8370   }
8371 
8372   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8373   // constant in the diagnostic.
8374   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8375   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8376     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8377 
8378   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8379   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8380   if (ED)
8381     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8382   else
8383     OS << Value;
8384 
8385   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8386     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8387     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8388         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8389         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8390         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8391 }
8392 
8393 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8394 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8395 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8396   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8397   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8398 }
8399 
8400 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8401 ///
8402 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8403 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8404   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8405   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8406 
8407   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8408   // the same type.
8409   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8410     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8411 
8412   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8413   if (E->isValueDependent())
8414     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8415 
8416   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8417   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8418 
8419   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8420 
8421   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8422   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8423   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8424     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8425     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8426       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8427     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8428     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8429       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8430     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8431         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8432     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8433       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8434     else
8435       IsComparisonConstant =
8436         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8437   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8438       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8439 
8440   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8441   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8442   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8443   //
8444   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8445   // whose result is a constant.
8446   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8447     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8448 
8449   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8450   // signedness.
8451   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8452   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8453     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8454            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8455     signedOperand = LHS;
8456     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8457   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8458     signedOperand = RHS;
8459     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8460   } else {
8461     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8462     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8463   }
8464 
8465   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8466   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8467 
8468   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8469   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8470   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8471   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8472 
8473   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8474   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8475   // or false.
8476   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8477     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8478 
8479   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8480   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8481   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8482   // change the result of the comparison.
8483   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8484     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8485     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8486 
8487     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8488     // non-negative.
8489     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8490 
8491     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8492       return;
8493   }
8494 
8495   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8496     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8497       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8498       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8499 }
8500 
8501 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8502 ///
8503 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8504 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8505                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8506   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8507   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8508     return false;
8509 
8510   // White-list bool bitfields.
8511   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8512     return false;
8513 
8514   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8515   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8516       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8517       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8518       Init->isTypeDependent())
8519     return false;
8520 
8521   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8522 
8523   llvm::APSInt Value;
8524   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
8525     return false;
8526 
8527   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8528   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8529 
8530   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8531     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8532       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8533         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8534 
8535   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8536     return false;
8537 
8538   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8539   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8540   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(Bitfield->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
8541 
8542   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
8543   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
8544   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
8545     return false;
8546 
8547   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
8548   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
8549   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
8550     return false;
8551 
8552   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
8553   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
8554 
8555   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
8556     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
8557     << Init->getSourceRange();
8558 
8559   return true;
8560 }
8561 
8562 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
8563 /// operations.
8564 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8565   // Just recurse on the LHS.
8566   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8567 
8568   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
8569   // a bitfield.
8570   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
8571     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
8572                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
8573       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
8574       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8575                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
8576     }
8577   }
8578 
8579   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8580 }
8581 
8582 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8583 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
8584                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
8585                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8586   if (pruneControlFlow) {
8587     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8588                           S.PDiag(diag)
8589                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
8590                             << SourceRange(CContext));
8591     return;
8592   }
8593   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
8594     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8595 }
8596 
8597 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
8598 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
8599                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
8600   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
8601 }
8602 
8603 
8604 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
8605 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8606 
8607                              SourceLocation CContext) {
8608   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
8609   const bool PruneWarnings = !S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty();
8610 
8611   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8612   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
8613   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
8614     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
8615       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8616 
8617   const bool IsLiteral =
8618       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
8619 
8620   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
8621   bool IsConstant =
8622     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
8623   if (!IsConstant) {
8624     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8625                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8626   }
8627 
8628   bool isExact = false;
8629 
8630   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
8631                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
8632   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
8633                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
8634       isExact) {
8635     if (IsLiteral) return;
8636     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
8637                            PruneWarnings);
8638   }
8639 
8640   unsigned DiagID = 0;
8641   if (IsLiteral) {
8642     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
8643     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
8644   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
8645     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
8646       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8647                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8648     }
8649     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
8650     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
8651   } else {
8652     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
8653       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
8654         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8655                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8656       }
8657     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
8658       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
8659           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
8660         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
8661                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
8662       }
8663     }
8664     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
8665     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
8666   }
8667 
8668   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
8669   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
8670   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
8671   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
8672   // tricky to implement.
8673   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
8674   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
8675   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
8676   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
8677 
8678   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
8679   if (IsBool)
8680     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
8681   else
8682     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
8683 
8684   if (PruneWarnings) {
8685     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
8686                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
8687                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
8688                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
8689                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
8690   } else {
8691     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
8692         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
8693         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
8694   }
8695 }
8696 
8697 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
8698   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
8699 
8700   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
8701   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
8702   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
8703   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
8704 }
8705 
8706 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
8707   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
8708     return false;
8709 
8710   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8711   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
8712   const Type *Source =
8713     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
8714   if (Target->isDependentType())
8715     return false;
8716 
8717   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
8718     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
8719   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
8720 
8721   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
8722           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
8723 }
8724 
8725 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
8726                                       SourceLocation CC) {
8727   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
8728   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
8729     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
8730     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
8731       continue;
8732 
8733     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
8734         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
8735     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
8736         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
8737     if (IsSwapped) {
8738       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
8739       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
8740                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
8741                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
8742     }
8743   }
8744 }
8745 
8746 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
8747   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
8748                         E->getExprLoc()))
8749     return;
8750 
8751   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
8752   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
8753     return;
8754 
8755   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
8756   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
8757       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
8758   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
8759     return;
8760 
8761   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
8762   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
8763       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
8764     return;
8765 
8766   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
8767 
8768   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
8769   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
8770   // passed in.
8771   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
8772     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
8773 
8774   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
8775     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
8776 
8777   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
8778   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
8779     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
8780         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
8781     if (MacroName == "NULL")
8782       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
8783   }
8784 
8785   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
8786   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
8787     return;
8788 
8789   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
8790       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
8791       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
8792                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
8793 }
8794 
8795 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8796                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
8797 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8798                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
8799 
8800 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
8801 /// target element type.
8802 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
8803                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
8804   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
8805   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
8806     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
8807         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
8808       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
8809   }
8810 
8811   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
8812   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
8813   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
8814       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
8815                                          ElementResult,
8816                                          false, false)
8817         != Sema::Compatible) {
8818     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
8819            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
8820       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
8821       << Element->getSourceRange();
8822   }
8823 
8824   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
8825     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
8826   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
8827     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
8828 }
8829 
8830 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
8831 /// target type.
8832 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8833                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
8834   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
8835     return;
8836 
8837   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8838   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8839     return;
8840 
8841   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8842       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8843         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8844     return;
8845 
8846   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8847   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
8848     return;
8849 
8850   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
8851   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8852     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
8853                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
8854                                       0);
8855   }
8856 }
8857 
8858 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
8859 /// target type.
8860 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
8861                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
8862   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
8863     return;
8864 
8865   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8866   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
8867     return;
8868 
8869   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
8870       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
8871         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
8872     return;
8873 
8874   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
8875   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
8876     return;
8877 
8878   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
8879   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
8880   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
8881     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
8882     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
8883     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
8884   }
8885 }
8886 
8887 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
8888 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
8889 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8890                                    SourceLocation CC) {
8891   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
8892   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
8893   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
8894   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
8895     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
8896         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
8897     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
8898       return false;
8899   }
8900 
8901   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
8902   // assume it is an array initialization.
8903   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
8904     const char FirstContextCharacter =
8905         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
8906     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
8907       return false;
8908   }
8909 
8910   return true;
8911 }
8912 
8913 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
8914                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
8915   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
8916 
8917   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
8918   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
8919   if (Source == Target) return;
8920   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
8921 
8922   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
8923   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
8924   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
8925   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
8926   // scenario, we just return.
8927   if (CC.isInvalid())
8928     return;
8929 
8930   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
8931   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
8932     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
8933       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
8934       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
8935       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
8936       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8937                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
8938     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
8939         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
8940       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
8941       // objects.
8942       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
8943                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
8944     }
8945     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8946       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
8947       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
8948                                      SourceRange(CC));
8949     }
8950   }
8951 
8952   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
8953   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
8954   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
8955     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
8956   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
8957     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
8958 
8959   // Strip vector types.
8960   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
8961     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
8962       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8963         return;
8964       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
8965     }
8966 
8967     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
8968     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
8969     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
8970       return;
8971 
8972     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8973     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8974   }
8975   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
8976     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8977 
8978   // Strip complex types.
8979   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
8980     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
8981       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
8982         return;
8983 
8984       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
8985     }
8986 
8987     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8988     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8989   }
8990 
8991   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
8992   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
8993 
8994   // If the source is floating point...
8995   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8996     // ...and the target is floating point...
8997     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
8998       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
8999 
9000       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
9001       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
9002         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
9003         // representable in the target type.
9004         Expr::EvalResult result;
9005         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
9006           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
9007           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
9008                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
9009                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
9010             return;
9011         }
9012 
9013         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9014           return;
9015 
9016         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
9017       }
9018       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
9019       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
9020         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9021           return;
9022 
9023         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
9024       }
9025       return;
9026     }
9027 
9028     // If the target is integral, always warn.
9029     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
9030       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9031         return;
9032 
9033       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
9034     }
9035 
9036     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
9037     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
9038     // discover this typo:
9039     //
9040     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
9041     //
9042     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
9043     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
9044     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
9045       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
9046       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
9047       // is being cast to.
9048       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
9049       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
9050         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
9051         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9052         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
9053             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
9054           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
9055           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9056                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9057         }
9058       }
9059     }
9060     return;
9061   }
9062 
9063   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9064 
9065   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
9066 
9067   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
9068     return;
9069 
9070   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
9071   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
9072   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9073     return;
9074 
9075   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
9076   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
9077 
9078   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
9079     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
9080     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
9081     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
9082     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
9083       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9084         return;
9085 
9086       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9087       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9088 
9089       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9090         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9091             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9092             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
9093             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9094       return;
9095     }
9096 
9097     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
9098     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9099       return;
9100 
9101     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
9102       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
9103                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
9104     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
9105   }
9106 
9107   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
9108       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
9109     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
9110     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
9111     // cause a negative value to be stored.
9112 
9113     llvm::APSInt Value;
9114     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
9115         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
9116       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
9117         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9118         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9119 
9120         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9121             E->getExprLoc(), E,
9122             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9123                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
9124                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9125         return;
9126       }
9127     }
9128 
9129     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
9130   }
9131 
9132   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
9133       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
9134        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
9135     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9136       return;
9137 
9138     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
9139 
9140     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
9141     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
9142     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
9143     // in the sign-compare group.
9144     // The conditional-checking code will
9145     if (ICContext) {
9146       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
9147       *ICContext = true;
9148     }
9149 
9150     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
9151   }
9152 
9153   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
9154   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
9155   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
9156   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
9157   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9158     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9159       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
9160         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9161         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9162         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
9163       }
9164   }
9165 
9166   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
9167     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
9168       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9169           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9170           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
9171         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9172           return;
9173 
9174         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
9175                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
9176       }
9177 }
9178 
9179 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9180                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
9181 
9182 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9183                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
9184   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9185 
9186   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
9187     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
9188 
9189   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9190   if (E->getType() != T)
9191     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
9192 }
9193 
9194 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9195                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
9196   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
9197 
9198   bool Suspicious = false;
9199   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9200   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9201 
9202   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
9203   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
9204   if (!Suspicious) return;
9205 
9206   // ...but it's currently ignored...
9207   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
9208     return;
9209 
9210   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
9211   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
9212   if (E->getType() == T) return;
9213 
9214   Suspicious = false;
9215   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9216                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9217   if (!Suspicious)
9218     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9219                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9220 }
9221 
9222 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9223 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9224 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9225   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
9226     return;
9227   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
9228 }
9229 
9230 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
9231 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
9232 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
9233 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
9234   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
9235   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9236 
9237   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9238     return;
9239 
9240   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
9241   // were being fed directly into the output.
9242   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9243     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
9244     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
9245     return;
9246   }
9247 
9248   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
9249   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
9250     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
9251 
9252   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
9253   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
9254   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
9255   if (E->getType() != T)
9256     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9257 
9258   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
9259 
9260   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
9261     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
9262     // as transitive children.
9263     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
9264     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
9265       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
9266         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
9267   }
9268 
9269   // Skip past explicit casts.
9270   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9271     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9272     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9273   }
9274 
9275   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9276     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
9277     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
9278       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
9279 
9280     // And with simple assignments.
9281     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
9282       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
9283   }
9284 
9285   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
9286   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
9287   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
9288   // built into statements.
9289   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
9290 
9291   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
9292   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
9293 
9294   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
9295   CC = E->getExprLoc();
9296   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
9297   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
9298   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
9299     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
9300     if (!ChildExpr)
9301       continue;
9302 
9303     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
9304         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9305       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
9306       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
9307       continue;
9308     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
9309   }
9310 
9311   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
9312     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9313     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9314       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9315 
9316     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9317     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9318       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9319   }
9320 
9321   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9322     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9323       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9324 }
9325 
9326 } // end anonymous namespace
9327 
9328 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9329                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
9330   bool IllegalParams = false;
9331   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I) {
9332     QualType Ty = TheCall->getArg(I)->getType();
9333     // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9334     // allow any integer within 32 bits range
9335     if (!Ty->isIntegerType() ||
9336         S.Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty).getQuantity() > 4) {
9337       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart(),
9338              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9339       IllegalParams = true;
9340     }
9341     // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9342     // using -Wconversion.
9343     CheckImplicitConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(I), S.Context.UnsignedIntTy,
9344                             TheCall->getArg(I)->getLocStart());
9345   }
9346   return IllegalParams;
9347 }
9348 
9349 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9350 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9351 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9352                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9353   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9354 
9355   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9356 
9357   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9358     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9359       return false;
9360   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9361     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9362       return false;
9363   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9364     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9365       return false;
9366     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9367   } else {
9368     return false;
9369   }
9370 
9371   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9372 
9373   // If possible, point to location of function.
9374   if (FD) {
9375     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9376   }
9377 
9378   return true;
9379 }
9380 
9381 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9382 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9383 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9384 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9385   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9386     return false;
9387 
9388   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9389     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9390       return true;
9391     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9392   }
9393 
9394   return false;
9395 }
9396 
9397 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9398 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9399 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9400 /// compared to a null pointer
9401 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9402 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9403 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9404                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9405                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9406   if (!E)
9407     return;
9408 
9409   // Don't warn inside macros.
9410   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9411     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9412     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9413         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9414       return;
9415   }
9416   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9417 
9418   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9419 
9420   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9421     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9422                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9423     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9424     return;
9425   }
9426 
9427   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9428 
9429   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9430     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9431       return;
9432     IsAddressOf = true;
9433     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9434   }
9435 
9436   if (IsAddressOf) {
9437     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9438                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9439                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9440     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9441                                          << IsEqual;
9442     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9443       return;
9444     }
9445   }
9446 
9447   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9448     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9449     std::string Str;
9450     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9451     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9452     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9453                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9454     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9455       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9456     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9457   };
9458 
9459   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9460   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9461     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9462       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9463         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9464         return;
9465       }
9466     }
9467   }
9468 
9469   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9470   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9471   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9472     D = R->getDecl();
9473   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9474     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9475   }
9476 
9477   // Weak Decls can be null.
9478   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9479     return;
9480 
9481   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9482   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9483     if (getCurFunction() &&
9484         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9485       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9486         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9487         return;
9488       }
9489 
9490       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9491         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9492         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9493         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9494 
9495         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9496           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9497               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9498               return;
9499           }
9500 
9501           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9502             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9503               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9504               return;
9505             }
9506           }
9507         }
9508       }
9509     }
9510   }
9511 
9512   QualType T = D->getType();
9513   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9514   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9515 
9516   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9517   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9518     return;
9519   }
9520 
9521   // Found nothing.
9522   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9523     return;
9524 
9525   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9526   std::string Str;
9527   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9528   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9529 
9530   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9531                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9532   enum {
9533     AddressOf,
9534     FunctionPointer,
9535     ArrayPointer
9536   } DiagType;
9537   if (IsAddressOf)
9538     DiagType = AddressOf;
9539   else if (IsFunction)
9540     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9541   else if (IsArray)
9542     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9543   else
9544     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
9545   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
9546                                 << Range << IsEqual;
9547 
9548   if (!IsFunction)
9549     return;
9550 
9551   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
9552   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
9553       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
9554 
9555   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
9556   QualType ReturnType;
9557   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
9558   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
9559   if (ReturnType.isNull())
9560     return;
9561 
9562   if (IsCompare) {
9563     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
9564     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
9565     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
9566     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
9567       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
9568           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
9569         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
9570           return;
9571       } else {
9572         return;
9573       }
9574     }
9575   } else { // !IsCompare
9576     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
9577     // return type.
9578     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9579       return;
9580   }
9581   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
9582       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
9583 }
9584 
9585 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
9586 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
9587 /// and -Wsign-compare.
9588 ///
9589 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
9590 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
9591 ///   conversion
9592 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9593   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
9594   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
9595     return;
9596 
9597   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
9598   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9599     return;
9600 
9601   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
9602   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
9603   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
9604   CheckArrayAccess(E);
9605 
9606   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
9607   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
9608 }
9609 
9610 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9611 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9612 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9613   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
9614 }
9615 
9616 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
9617 /// results in integer overflow
9618 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
9619   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
9620   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
9621 
9622   do {
9623     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
9624 
9625     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9626       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
9627       continue;
9628     }
9629 
9630     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
9631       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
9632   } while (!Exprs.empty());
9633 }
9634 
9635 namespace {
9636 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
9637 /// same object.
9638 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
9639   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
9640 
9641   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
9642   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
9643   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
9644   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
9645   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
9646   class SequenceTree {
9647     struct Value {
9648       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
9649       unsigned Parent : 31;
9650       unsigned Merged : 1;
9651     };
9652     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
9653 
9654   public:
9655     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
9656     /// to some other region.
9657     class Seq {
9658       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
9659       unsigned Index;
9660       friend class SequenceTree;
9661     public:
9662       Seq() : Index(0) {}
9663     };
9664 
9665     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
9666     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
9667 
9668     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
9669     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
9670     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
9671     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
9672       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
9673       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
9674     }
9675 
9676     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
9677     void merge(Seq S) {
9678       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
9679     }
9680 
9681     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
9682     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
9683     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
9684     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
9685       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
9686       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
9687       while (C >= Target) {
9688         if (C == Target)
9689           return true;
9690         C = Values[C].Parent;
9691       }
9692       return false;
9693     }
9694 
9695   private:
9696     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
9697     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
9698       if (Values[K].Merged)
9699         // Perform path compression as we go.
9700         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
9701       return K;
9702     }
9703   };
9704 
9705   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
9706   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
9707 
9708   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
9709   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
9710   enum UsageKind {
9711     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
9712     UK_Use,
9713     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
9714     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
9715     UK_ModAsValue,
9716     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
9717     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
9718     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
9719 
9720     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
9721   };
9722 
9723   struct Usage {
9724     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
9725     Expr *Use;
9726     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
9727   };
9728 
9729   struct UsageInfo {
9730     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
9731     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
9732     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
9733     bool Diagnosed;
9734   };
9735   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
9736 
9737   Sema &SemaRef;
9738   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
9739   SequenceTree Tree;
9740   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
9741   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
9742   /// The region we are currently within.
9743   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
9744   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
9745   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
9746   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
9747   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
9748   /// stack usage.
9749   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
9750 
9751   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
9752   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
9753   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
9754   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
9755   /// UK_ModAsValue.
9756   struct SequencedSubexpression {
9757     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
9758       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
9759       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
9760     }
9761     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
9762       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
9763         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
9764         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
9765         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
9766         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
9767       }
9768       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
9769     }
9770 
9771     SequenceChecker &Self;
9772     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
9773     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
9774   };
9775 
9776   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
9777   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
9778   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
9779   /// the outer expression.
9780   class EvaluationTracker {
9781   public:
9782     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
9783         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
9784       Self.EvalTracker = this;
9785     }
9786     ~EvaluationTracker() {
9787       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
9788       if (Prev)
9789         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
9790     }
9791 
9792     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
9793       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
9794         return false;
9795       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
9796       return EvalOK;
9797     }
9798 
9799   private:
9800     SequenceChecker &Self;
9801     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
9802     bool EvalOK;
9803   } *EvalTracker;
9804 
9805   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
9806   /// if any.
9807   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
9808     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
9809     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9810       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
9811         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
9812     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9813       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
9814         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
9815       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
9816         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
9817     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9818       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
9819       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
9820         return ME->getMemberDecl();
9821     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9822       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
9823       return DRE->getDecl();
9824     return nullptr;
9825   }
9826 
9827   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
9828   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
9829     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
9830     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
9831       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
9832         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
9833       U.Use = Ref;
9834       U.Seq = Region;
9835     }
9836   }
9837   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
9838   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
9839                   bool IsModMod) {
9840     if (UI.Diagnosed)
9841       return;
9842 
9843     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
9844     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
9845       return;
9846 
9847     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
9848     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
9849     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
9850       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
9851 
9852     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
9853                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
9854                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
9855       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
9856     UI.Diagnosed = true;
9857   }
9858 
9859   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9860     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9861     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
9862     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
9863   }
9864   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
9865     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9866     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
9867     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
9868   }
9869 
9870   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
9871     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9872     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
9873     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
9874     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
9875   }
9876   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
9877     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
9878     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
9879     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
9880   }
9881 
9882 public:
9883   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
9884       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
9885         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
9886     Visit(E);
9887   }
9888 
9889   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9890     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
9891   }
9892 
9893   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9894     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
9895     Base::VisitStmt(E);
9896   }
9897 
9898   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
9899     Object O = Object();
9900     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9901       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
9902 
9903     if (O)
9904       notePreUse(O, E);
9905     VisitExpr(E);
9906     if (O)
9907       notePostUse(O, E);
9908   }
9909 
9910   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9911     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
9912     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
9913     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
9914     //   effect associated with the right expression.
9915     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9916     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
9917     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
9918 
9919     {
9920       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
9921       Region = LHS;
9922       Visit(BO->getLHS());
9923     }
9924 
9925     Region = RHS;
9926     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9927 
9928     Region = OldRegion;
9929 
9930     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
9931     // with respect to other stuff.
9932     Tree.merge(LHS);
9933     Tree.merge(RHS);
9934   }
9935 
9936   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
9937     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
9938     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
9939     // map afterwards.
9940     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
9941     if (!O)
9942       return VisitExpr(BO);
9943 
9944     notePreMod(O, BO);
9945 
9946     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
9947     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
9948     //   only once.
9949     //
9950     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
9951     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
9952     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9953       notePreUse(O, BO);
9954 
9955     Visit(BO->getLHS());
9956 
9957     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
9958       notePostUse(O, BO);
9959 
9960     Visit(BO->getRHS());
9961 
9962     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
9963     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
9964     //   assignment expression.
9965     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
9966     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9967                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9968   }
9969 
9970   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
9971     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
9972   }
9973 
9974   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9975   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
9976   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9977     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9978     if (!O)
9979       return VisitExpr(UO);
9980 
9981     notePreMod(O, UO);
9982     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9983     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
9984     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
9985     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
9986                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9987   }
9988 
9989   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9990   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
9991   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
9992     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
9993     if (!O)
9994       return VisitExpr(UO);
9995 
9996     notePreMod(O, UO);
9997     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
9998     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
9999   }
10000 
10001   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
10002   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10003     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
10004     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
10005     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
10006     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
10007     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10008     {
10009       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10010       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10011     }
10012 
10013     bool Result;
10014     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10015       if (!Result)
10016         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10017     } else {
10018       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
10019       // entirely separate evaluation.
10020       //
10021       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
10022       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
10023       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
10024       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10025     }
10026   }
10027   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10028     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10029     {
10030       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10031       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10032     }
10033 
10034     bool Result;
10035     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10036       if (Result)
10037         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10038     } else {
10039       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10040     }
10041   }
10042 
10043   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
10044   // be chosen.
10045   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
10046     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10047     {
10048       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10049       Visit(CO->getCond());
10050     }
10051 
10052     bool Result;
10053     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
10054       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
10055     else {
10056       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
10057       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
10058     }
10059   }
10060 
10061   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
10062     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
10063     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
10064     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
10065     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
10066     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
10067     //   the value computation of its result].
10068     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10069     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
10070 
10071     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
10072   }
10073 
10074   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
10075     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
10076     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10077 
10078     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
10079       return VisitExpr(CCE);
10080 
10081     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10082     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10083     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10084     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
10085                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
10086          I != E; ++I) {
10087       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10088       Elts.push_back(Region);
10089       Visit(*I);
10090     }
10091 
10092     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10093     Region = Parent;
10094     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10095       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10096   }
10097 
10098   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
10099     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10100       return VisitExpr(ILE);
10101 
10102     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10103     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10104     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10105     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
10106       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
10107       if (!E) continue;
10108       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10109       Elts.push_back(Region);
10110       Visit(E);
10111     }
10112 
10113     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10114     Region = Parent;
10115     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10116       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10117   }
10118 };
10119 } // end anonymous namespace
10120 
10121 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
10122   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
10123   WorkList.push_back(E);
10124   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
10125     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
10126     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
10127   }
10128 }
10129 
10130 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
10131                               bool IsConstexpr) {
10132   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
10133   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
10134     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
10135   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
10136     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
10137   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10138 }
10139 
10140 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
10141                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
10142                                        Expr *Init) {
10143   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
10144 }
10145 
10146 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
10147                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
10148   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
10149     return;
10150   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
10151     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10152     return;
10153   }
10154   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
10155     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10156     return;
10157   }
10158   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
10159     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
10160     return;
10161   }
10162 
10163   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
10164   if (!AT)
10165     return;
10166 
10167   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
10168     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
10169     return;
10170   }
10171 
10172   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
10173 }
10174 
10175 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
10176 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
10177 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
10178 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
10179 /// parameters are complete.
10180 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
10181                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
10182   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
10183   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
10184     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
10185     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
10186     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
10187     //
10188     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
10189     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10190         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
10191                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10192       Param->setInvalidDecl();
10193       HasInvalidParm = true;
10194     }
10195 
10196     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
10197     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
10198     if (CheckParameterNames &&
10199         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10200         !Param->isImplicit() &&
10201         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10202       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10203 
10204     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
10205     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
10206     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
10207     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
10208     //   variable length array types.
10209     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
10210     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
10211     // information is added for it.
10212     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
10213 
10214     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
10215     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
10216     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
10217     // on the dtor.
10218     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
10219                                        .getCXXABI()
10220                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
10221       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
10222         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10223           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10224           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10225               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
10226               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
10227             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
10228             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
10229             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
10230           }
10231         }
10232       }
10233     }
10234 
10235     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
10236     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
10237     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
10238     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
10239     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
10240       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
10241         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
10242             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
10243   }
10244 
10245   return HasInvalidParm;
10246 }
10247 
10248 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
10249 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
10250 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
10251   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
10252   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
10253   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
10254     return;
10255 
10256   // Ignore dependent types.
10257   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
10258     return;
10259 
10260   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
10261   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
10262   if (!DestPtr) return;
10263 
10264   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
10265   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
10266   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10267   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
10268   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
10269 
10270   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
10271   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
10272   if (!SrcPtr) return;
10273   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
10274 
10275   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
10276   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
10277   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
10278   // includes 'void'.
10279   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10280 
10281   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
10282   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
10283 
10284   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
10285     << Op->getType() << T
10286     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
10287     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
10288     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
10289 }
10290 
10291 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
10292 /// array member of a struct.
10293 ///
10294 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
10295 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
10296 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
10297                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
10298   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
10299 
10300   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
10301   if (!FD) return false;
10302 
10303   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
10304   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
10305 
10306   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
10307   while (TInfo) {
10308     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
10309     // Look through typedefs.
10310     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
10311       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
10312       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
10313       continue;
10314     }
10315     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10316       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10317       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10318         return false;
10319     }
10320     break;
10321   }
10322 
10323   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10324   if (!RD) return false;
10325   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10326   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10327     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10328   }
10329 
10330   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10331   const Decl *D = FD;
10332   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10333     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10334       return false;
10335   return true;
10336 }
10337 
10338 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10339                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10340                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10341   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10342   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10343     return;
10344 
10345   const Type *EffectiveType =
10346       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10347   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10348   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10349     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10350   if (!ArrayTy)
10351     return;
10352 
10353   llvm::APSInt index;
10354   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10355     return;
10356   if (IndexNegated)
10357     index = -index;
10358 
10359   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10360   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10361     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10362   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10363     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10364 
10365   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10366     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10367     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10368       return;
10369 
10370     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10371     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10372       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10373       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10374       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10375       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10376       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10377       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10378         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10379         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10380         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10381         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10382         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10383           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10384       }
10385     }
10386 
10387     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10388       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10389     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10390       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10391 
10392     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10393     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10394     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10395     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10396     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10397       return;
10398 
10399     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10400     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10401     // code.
10402     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10403       return;
10404 
10405     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10406     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10407     // within a system header.
10408     if (ASE) {
10409       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10410           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10411       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10412         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10413             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10414         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10415           return;
10416       }
10417     }
10418 
10419     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10420     if (ASE)
10421       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10422 
10423     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10424                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10425                           << size.toString(10, true)
10426                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10427                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10428   } else {
10429     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10430     if (!ASE) {
10431       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10432       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10433     }
10434 
10435     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10436                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10437                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10438   }
10439 
10440   if (!ND) {
10441     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10442     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10443            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10444       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10445     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10446       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10447     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10448       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10449   }
10450 
10451   if (ND)
10452     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10453                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10454                           << ND->getDeclName());
10455 }
10456 
10457 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10458   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10459   while (expr) {
10460     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10461     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10462       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10463         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10464         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10465                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10466         return;
10467       }
10468       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10469         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10470         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10471           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10472                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10473         return;
10474       }
10475       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10476         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10477         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10478         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10479         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10480           case UO_AddrOf:
10481             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10482             break;
10483           case UO_Deref:
10484             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10485             break;
10486           default:
10487             return;
10488         }
10489         break;
10490       }
10491       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10492         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10493         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10494           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10495         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10496           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10497         return;
10498       }
10499       default:
10500         return;
10501     }
10502   }
10503 }
10504 
10505 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10506 
10507 namespace {
10508   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10509     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10510     VarDecl *Variable;
10511     SourceRange Range;
10512     SourceLocation Loc;
10513     bool Indirect;
10514 
10515     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
10516       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
10517       Range = e->getSourceRange();
10518     }
10519   };
10520 } // end anonymous namespace
10521 
10522 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
10523 /// a retain cycle.
10524 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10525   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
10526   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
10527   // __block and has an appropriate type.
10528   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10529     return false;
10530 
10531   owner.Variable = var;
10532   if (ref)
10533     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10534   return true;
10535 }
10536 
10537 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10538   while (true) {
10539     e = e->IgnoreParens();
10540     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
10541       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
10542       case CK_BitCast:
10543       case CK_LValueBitCast:
10544       case CK_LValueToRValue:
10545       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
10546         e = cast->getSubExpr();
10547         continue;
10548 
10549       default:
10550         return false;
10551       }
10552     }
10553 
10554     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
10555       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
10556       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
10557         return false;
10558 
10559       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
10560       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
10561         return false;
10562 
10563       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
10564       owner.Indirect = true;
10565       return true;
10566     }
10567 
10568     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
10569       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
10570       if (!var) return false;
10571       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
10572     }
10573 
10574     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
10575       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
10576 
10577       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
10578       e = member->getBase();
10579       continue;
10580     }
10581 
10582     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
10583       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
10584       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
10585         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
10586                                               ->IgnoreParens());
10587       if (!pre) return false;
10588       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
10589       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
10590       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
10591           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
10592             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
10593               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
10594           return false;
10595 
10596       owner.Indirect = true;
10597       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
10598         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10599         if (!owner.Variable)
10600           return false;
10601         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
10602         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
10603         return true;
10604       }
10605       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
10606                               ->getSourceExpr());
10607       continue;
10608     }
10609 
10610     // Array ivars?
10611 
10612     return false;
10613   }
10614 }
10615 
10616 namespace {
10617   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
10618     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
10619       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
10620         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
10621         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
10622     ASTContext &Context;
10623     VarDecl *Variable;
10624     Expr *Capturer;
10625     bool VarWillBeReased;
10626 
10627     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
10628       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
10629         Capturer = ref;
10630     }
10631 
10632     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
10633       if (Capturer) return;
10634       Visit(ref->getBase());
10635       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
10636         Capturer = ref;
10637     }
10638 
10639     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
10640       // Look inside nested blocks
10641       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
10642         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10643     }
10644 
10645     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
10646       if (Capturer) return;
10647       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
10648         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
10649     }
10650     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
10651       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
10652         return;
10653       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
10654       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
10655         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
10656           return;
10657         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
10658           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
10659           llvm::APSInt Value;
10660           VarWillBeReased =
10661             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
10662         }
10663       }
10664     }
10665   };
10666 } // end anonymous namespace
10667 
10668 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
10669 /// variable.
10670 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10671   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10672 
10673   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10674 
10675   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
10676   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
10677     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
10678     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
10679       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
10680       if (!e)
10681         return nullptr;
10682       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
10683     }
10684   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
10685     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
10686       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
10687       if (Fn) {
10688         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
10689         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
10690           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
10691         }
10692       }
10693     }
10694   }
10695 
10696   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
10697   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
10698     return nullptr;
10699 
10700   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
10701   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
10702   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
10703 }
10704 
10705 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
10706                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
10707   assert(capturer);
10708   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
10709 
10710   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
10711     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
10712   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
10713     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
10714 }
10715 
10716 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
10717 /// 'set'.
10718 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
10719   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
10720 
10721   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
10722   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
10723   if (str.startswith("set"))
10724     str = str.substr(3);
10725   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
10726     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
10727     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
10728       return false;
10729     str = str.substr(3);
10730   }
10731   else
10732     return false;
10733 
10734   if (str.empty()) return true;
10735   return !isLowercase(str.front());
10736 }
10737 
10738 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10739                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10740   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10741                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10742                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
10743   if (!IsMutableArray) {
10744     return None;
10745   }
10746 
10747   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10748 
10749   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
10750     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
10751   if (!MKOpt) {
10752     return None;
10753   }
10754 
10755   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10756 
10757   switch (MK) {
10758     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
10759     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
10760     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10761       return 0;
10762     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
10763       return 1;
10764 
10765     default:
10766       return None;
10767   }
10768 
10769   return None;
10770 }
10771 
10772 static
10773 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
10774                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10775   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10776                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10777                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
10778   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
10779     return None;
10780   }
10781 
10782   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10783 
10784   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
10785     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
10786   if (!MKOpt) {
10787     return None;
10788   }
10789 
10790   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10791 
10792   switch (MK) {
10793     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
10794     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
10795     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
10796       return 0;
10797 
10798     default:
10799       return None;
10800   }
10801 
10802   return None;
10803 }
10804 
10805 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10806   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10807                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10808                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
10809 
10810   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
10811                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
10812                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
10813   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
10814     return None;
10815   }
10816 
10817   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
10818 
10819   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
10820   if (!MKOpt) {
10821     return None;
10822   }
10823 
10824   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
10825 
10826   switch (MK) {
10827     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
10828     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
10829     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
10830     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
10831       return 0;
10832     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
10833       return 1;
10834   }
10835 
10836   return None;
10837 }
10838 
10839 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
10840   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
10841     return;
10842   }
10843 
10844   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
10845 
10846   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10847       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
10848       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
10849     return;
10850   }
10851 
10852   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
10853 
10854   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
10855   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
10856     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10857   }
10858 
10859   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
10860     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10861       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10862         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10863              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10864           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
10865       }
10866     }
10867   } else {
10868     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10869 
10870     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
10871       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
10872     }
10873 
10874     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10875       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10876         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
10877           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
10878           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10879                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10880             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10881           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
10882             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10883                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10884               << Decl->getName();
10885           }
10886         }
10887       }
10888     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
10889       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
10890         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
10891           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
10892           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
10893                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
10894             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
10895           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
10896                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
10897             << Decl->getName();
10898         }
10899       }
10900     }
10901   }
10902 }
10903 
10904 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10905 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
10906   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
10907   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
10908     return;
10909 
10910   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
10911   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10912   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
10913     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
10914       return;
10915   } else {
10916     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
10917     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
10918     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
10919     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
10920   }
10921 
10922   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
10923   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
10924     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
10925       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10926 }
10927 
10928 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
10929 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
10930   RetainCycleOwner owner;
10931   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
10932     return;
10933 
10934   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
10935     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
10936 }
10937 
10938 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
10939   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
10940   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
10941     return;
10942 
10943   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
10944   // location explicitly here.
10945   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
10946   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
10947 
10948   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
10949     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
10950 }
10951 
10952 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10953                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10954   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
10955   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
10956   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
10957   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10958 
10959   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
10960   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
10961   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
10962   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
10963     return false;
10964 
10965   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
10966     << (unsigned) Kind
10967     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10968     << RHS->getSourceRange();
10969 
10970   return true;
10971 }
10972 
10973 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10974                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
10975                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
10976   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
10977   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
10978     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
10979       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
10980         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
10981         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
10982         << RHS->getSourceRange();
10983       return true;
10984     }
10985     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
10986   }
10987 
10988   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
10989       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
10990     return true;
10991 
10992   return false;
10993 }
10994 
10995 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
10996                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10997   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
10998 
10999   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11000     return false;
11001 
11002   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
11003     return true;
11004 
11005   return false;
11006 }
11007 
11008 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11009                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11010   QualType LHSType;
11011   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
11012   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
11013   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
11014     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
11015   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
11016     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11017     if (PD)
11018       LHSType = PD->getType();
11019   }
11020 
11021   if (LHSType.isNull())
11022     LHSType = LHS->getType();
11023 
11024   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
11025 
11026   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
11027     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
11028       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
11029   }
11030 
11031   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
11032     return;
11033 
11034   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
11035   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
11036     return;
11037 
11038   if (PRE) {
11039     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
11040       return;
11041     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11042     if (!PD)
11043       return;
11044 
11045     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
11046     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
11047       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
11048       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
11049       // for lifetime info.
11050       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
11051       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
11052           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
11053         return;
11054 
11055       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11056         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11057           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
11058           << RHS->getSourceRange();
11059           return;
11060         }
11061         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11062       }
11063     }
11064     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
11065       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
11066         return;
11067     }
11068   }
11069 }
11070 
11071 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
11072 
11073 namespace {
11074 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
11075                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11076                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
11077   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
11078   //
11079   // #define CALL(x)
11080   // if (condition)
11081   //   CALL(0);
11082   //
11083   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
11084     return false;
11085 
11086   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
11087   bool StmtLineInvalid;
11088   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
11089                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
11090   if (StmtLineInvalid)
11091     return false;
11092 
11093   bool BodyLineInvalid;
11094   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
11095                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
11096   if (BodyLineInvalid)
11097     return false;
11098 
11099   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
11100   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
11101     return false;
11102 
11103   return true;
11104 }
11105 } // end anonymous namespace
11106 
11107 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11108                                  const Stmt *Body,
11109                                  unsigned DiagID) {
11110   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
11111   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
11112   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
11113     return;
11114 
11115   // The body should be a null statement.
11116   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11117   if (!NBody)
11118     return;
11119 
11120   // Do the usual checks.
11121   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11122     return;
11123 
11124   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11125   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11126 }
11127 
11128 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
11129                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
11130   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
11131 
11132   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
11133   const Stmt *Body;
11134   unsigned DiagID;
11135   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
11136     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
11137     Body = FS->getBody();
11138     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
11139   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
11140     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
11141     Body = WS->getBody();
11142     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
11143   } else
11144     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
11145 
11146   // The body should be a null statement.
11147   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11148   if (!NBody)
11149     return;
11150 
11151   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
11152   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
11153     return;
11154 
11155   // Do the usual checks.
11156   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11157     return;
11158 
11159   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
11160   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
11161   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
11162   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11163   //    {
11164   //      a(i);
11165   //    }
11166   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
11167   // than for/while itself:
11168   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11169   //      a(i);
11170   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
11171   if (!ProbableTypo) {
11172     bool BodyColInvalid;
11173     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11174                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
11175                              &BodyColInvalid);
11176     if (BodyColInvalid)
11177       return;
11178 
11179     bool StmtColInvalid;
11180     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11181                              S->getLocStart(),
11182                              &StmtColInvalid);
11183     if (StmtColInvalid)
11184       return;
11185 
11186     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
11187       ProbableTypo = true;
11188   }
11189 
11190   if (ProbableTypo) {
11191     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11192     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11193   }
11194 }
11195 
11196 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
11197 
11198 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
11199 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
11200                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11201   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
11202     return;
11203 
11204   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11205     return;
11206 
11207   // Strip parens and casts away.
11208   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11209   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11210 
11211   // Check for a call expression
11212   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
11213   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
11214     return;
11215 
11216   // Check for a call to std::move
11217   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
11218   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
11219       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
11220     return;
11221 
11222   // Get argument from std::move
11223   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
11224 
11225   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11226   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11227 
11228   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
11229   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11230     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11231       return;
11232     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11233         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11234       return;
11235 
11236     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11237                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11238                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11239     return;
11240   }
11241 
11242   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
11243   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
11244   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
11245   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
11246   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
11247   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
11248   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
11249   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
11250   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
11251     return;
11252 
11253   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
11254     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11255         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11256       return;
11257 
11258     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
11259     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
11260     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
11261     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
11262   }
11263 
11264   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
11265   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
11266   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11267     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11268       return;
11269     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11270         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11271       return;
11272 
11273     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11274                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11275                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11276     return;
11277   }
11278 
11279   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
11280     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11281                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11282                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11283 }
11284 
11285 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
11286 
11287 namespace {
11288 
11289 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
11290 
11291 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
11292 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
11293   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
11294   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
11295   // underlying type.
11296   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
11297          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
11298 }
11299 
11300 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
11301 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
11302   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
11303     return false;
11304 
11305   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
11306     return false;
11307 
11308   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
11309     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
11310     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
11311     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
11312 
11313     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
11314       return false;
11315   }
11316 
11317   return true;
11318 }
11319 
11320 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11321 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11322 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11323                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11324                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11325   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11326   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11327     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11328     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11329     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11330     // Check number of base classes.
11331     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11332       return false;
11333 
11334     // Check the base classes.
11335     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11336                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11337            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11338               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11339          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11340          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11341       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11342         return false;
11343     }
11344   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11345     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11346     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11347       return false;
11348   }
11349 
11350   // Check the fields.
11351   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11352                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11353                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11354                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11355   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11356     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11357       return false;
11358   }
11359   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11360     return false;
11361 
11362   return true;
11363 }
11364 
11365 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11366 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11367 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11368                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11369                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11370   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11371   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11372     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11373 
11374   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11375     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11376         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11377         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11378 
11379     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11380       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11381         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11382         (void) Result;
11383         assert(Result);
11384         break;
11385       }
11386     }
11387     if (I == E)
11388       return false;
11389   }
11390 
11391   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11392 }
11393 
11394 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11395   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11396     return false;
11397 
11398   if (RD1->isUnion())
11399     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11400   else
11401     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11402 }
11403 
11404 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11405 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11406   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11407     return false;
11408 
11409   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11410   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11411   // layout-compatible types.
11412   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11413     return true;
11414 
11415   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11416   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11417 
11418   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11419   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11420 
11421   if (TC1 != TC2)
11422     return false;
11423 
11424   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11425     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11426                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11427                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11428   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11429     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11430       return false;
11431 
11432     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11433                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11434                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11435   }
11436 
11437   return false;
11438 }
11439 } // end anonymous namespace
11440 
11441 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11442 
11443 namespace {
11444 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11445 ///
11446 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11447 ///
11448 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11449 ///
11450 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11451 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11452                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11453   while(true) {
11454     if (!TypeExpr)
11455       return false;
11456 
11457     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11458 
11459     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11460     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11461       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11462       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11463         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11464         continue;
11465       }
11466       return false;
11467     }
11468 
11469     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11470       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11471       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11472       return true;
11473     }
11474 
11475     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11476       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11477       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11478       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11479         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11480         return true;
11481       } else
11482         return false;
11483     }
11484 
11485     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11486     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11487       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11488           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11489       bool Result;
11490       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11491         if (Result)
11492           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11493         else
11494           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11495         continue;
11496       }
11497       return false;
11498     }
11499 
11500     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11501       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11502       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11503         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11504         continue;
11505       }
11506       return false;
11507     }
11508 
11509     default:
11510       return false;
11511     }
11512   }
11513 }
11514 
11515 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
11516 ///
11517 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
11518 ///
11519 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
11520 ///
11521 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
11522 ///        kind.
11523 ///
11524 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
11525 ///
11526 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
11527 bool GetMatchingCType(
11528         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11529         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11530         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11531                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
11532         bool &FoundWrongKind,
11533         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
11534   FoundWrongKind = false;
11535 
11536   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
11537   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
11538 
11539   uint64_t MagicValue;
11540 
11541   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
11542     return false;
11543 
11544   if (VD) {
11545     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11546       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
11547         FoundWrongKind = true;
11548         return false;
11549       }
11550       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
11551       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
11552       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
11553       return true;
11554     }
11555     return false;
11556   }
11557 
11558   if (!MagicValues)
11559     return false;
11560 
11561   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
11562                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
11563       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
11564   if (I == MagicValues->end())
11565     return false;
11566 
11567   TypeInfo = I->second;
11568   return true;
11569 }
11570 } // end anonymous namespace
11571 
11572 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
11573                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
11574                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
11575                                       bool MustBeNull) {
11576   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
11577     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
11578         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
11579 
11580   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
11581   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
11582       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
11583 }
11584 
11585 namespace {
11586 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11587   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11588   if (!BT1)
11589     return false;
11590 
11591   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
11592   if (!BT2)
11593     return false;
11594 
11595   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
11596   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
11597 
11598   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
11599          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
11600          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
11601          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
11602 }
11603 } // end anonymous namespace
11604 
11605 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
11606                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
11607   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
11608   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
11609 
11610   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
11611   bool FoundWrongKind;
11612   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
11613   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
11614                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
11615                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
11616     if (FoundWrongKind)
11617       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
11618            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
11619         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11620     return;
11621   }
11622 
11623   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
11624   if (IsPointerAttr) {
11625     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
11626     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
11627       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
11628           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
11629         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11630   }
11631   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
11632 
11633   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
11634   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
11635     return;
11636 
11637   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
11638     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
11639     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
11640                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
11641       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
11642            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
11643           << ArgumentKind->getName()
11644           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11645           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11646     }
11647     return;
11648   }
11649 
11650   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
11651   if (IsPointerAttr)
11652     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
11653 
11654   bool mismatch = false;
11655   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
11656     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11657 
11658     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
11659     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
11660     //
11661     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
11662     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
11663     if (mismatch)
11664       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11665                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
11666           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
11667         mismatch = false;
11668   } else
11669     if (IsPointerAttr)
11670       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
11671                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
11672                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
11673     else
11674       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
11675 
11676   if (mismatch)
11677     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
11678         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
11679         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
11680         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
11681         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
11682 }
11683 
11684 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
11685                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
11686   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
11687 }
11688 
11689 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
11690   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
11691     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
11692     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
11693       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
11694         ND = TD;
11695     }
11696     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
11697         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
11698   }
11699   MisalignedMembers.clear();
11700 }
11701 
11702 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
11703   E = E->IgnoreParens();
11704   if (!T->isPointerType() && !T->isIntegerType())
11705     return;
11706   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
11707       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
11708     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11709     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
11710       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
11711                           MisalignedMember(Op));
11712       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
11713           (T->isIntegerType() ||
11714            (T->isPointerType() &&
11715             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)))
11716         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
11717     }
11718   }
11719 }
11720 
11721 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11722     Expr *E,
11723     std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> Action) {
11724   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
11725   if (!ME)
11726     return;
11727 
11728   // For a chain of MemberExpr like "a.b.c.d" this list
11729   // will keep FieldDecl's like [d, c, b].
11730   SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> ReverseMemberChain;
11731   const MemberExpr *TopME = nullptr;
11732   bool AnyIsPacked = false;
11733   do {
11734     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
11735     if (ME->isArrow())
11736       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
11737     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11738 
11739     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
11740     auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MD);
11741     // We do not care about non-data members.
11742     if (!FD || FD->isInvalidDecl())
11743       return;
11744 
11745     AnyIsPacked =
11746         AnyIsPacked || (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
11747     ReverseMemberChain.push_back(FD);
11748 
11749     TopME = ME;
11750     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParens());
11751   } while (ME);
11752   assert(TopME && "We did not compute a topmost MemberExpr!");
11753 
11754   // Not the scope of this diagnostic.
11755   if (!AnyIsPacked)
11756     return;
11757 
11758   const Expr *TopBase = TopME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11759   const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(TopBase);
11760   // TODO: The innermost base of the member expression may be too complicated.
11761   // For now, just disregard these cases. This is left for future
11762   // improvement.
11763   if (!DRE && !isa<CXXThisExpr>(TopBase))
11764       return;
11765 
11766   // Alignment expected by the whole expression.
11767   CharUnits ExpectedAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType());
11768 
11769   // No need to do anything else with this case.
11770   if (ExpectedAlignment.isOne())
11771     return;
11772 
11773   // Synthesize offset of the whole access.
11774   CharUnits Offset;
11775   for (auto I = ReverseMemberChain.rbegin(); I != ReverseMemberChain.rend();
11776        I++) {
11777     Offset += Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getFieldOffset(*I));
11778   }
11779 
11780   // Compute the CompleteObjectAlignment as the alignment of the whole chain.
11781   CharUnits CompleteObjectAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(
11782       ReverseMemberChain.back()->getParent()->getTypeForDecl());
11783 
11784   // The base expression of the innermost MemberExpr may give
11785   // stronger guarantees than the class containing the member.
11786   if (DRE && !TopME->isArrow()) {
11787     const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11788     if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11789       CompleteObjectAlignment =
11790           std::max(CompleteObjectAlignment, Context.getDeclAlign(VD));
11791   }
11792 
11793   // Check if the synthesized offset fulfills the alignment.
11794   if (Offset % ExpectedAlignment != 0 ||
11795       // It may fulfill the offset it but the effective alignment may still be
11796       // lower than the expected expression alignment.
11797       CompleteObjectAlignment < ExpectedAlignment) {
11798     // If this happens, we want to determine a sensible culprit of this.
11799     // Intuitively, watching the chain of member expressions from right to
11800     // left, we start with the required alignment (as required by the field
11801     // type) but some packed attribute in that chain has reduced the alignment.
11802     // It may happen that another packed structure increases it again. But if
11803     // we are here such increase has not been enough. So pointing the first
11804     // FieldDecl that either is packed or else its RecordDecl is,
11805     // seems reasonable.
11806     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
11807     CharUnits Alignment;
11808     for (FieldDecl *FDI : ReverseMemberChain) {
11809       if (FDI->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
11810           FDI->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()) {
11811         FD = FDI;
11812         Alignment = std::min(
11813             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getType()),
11814             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
11815         break;
11816       }
11817     }
11818     assert(FD && "We did not find a packed FieldDecl!");
11819     Action(E, FD->getParent(), FD, Alignment);
11820   }
11821 }
11822 
11823 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
11824   using namespace std::placeholders;
11825   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
11826       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
11827                      _2, _3, _4));
11828 }
11829 
11830